modul-bahasa-inggris-sma-n-solok.doc

DISCUSSION MATERIALS

OF

GENRE

For

SENIOR HIGH SCHOLL STUDENTS

Disusun oleh

Drs. NOFRI ANTEN. M.Pd

GURU BAHASA INGGRIS SMA 4 SOLOK

SMA Students’ Modul of English 1

DAFTAR ISI

I. Understanding Types of Text..................................................................................................51. Analytical Exposition Text..................................................................................................5

What is Analytical Exposition?....................................................................................................5Example of Analytical Exposition................................................................................................6A. Is Smoking Good for Us?..................................................................................................6B. Opportunity in the Global Financial Crisis.......................................................................7C. Laptop as Students' Friend..............................................................................................7D. Career in Translation.......................................................................................................8E. Writing is a Great for Money Online................................................................................9

2. Anecdote Text...................................................................................................................9What is Anecdote?....................................................................................................................10Example of Anecdote................................................................................................................10A. Blessing behind Tragedy................................................................................................10

3. Description Text..............................................................................................................12What is Descriptive Text?.........................................................................................................12Example of Description.............................................................................................................13A. My Friend's New Shoes.................................................................................................13B. Borobudur Temple........................................................................................................13

4. Narrative Text..................................................................................................................14What is Narrative?....................................................................................................................14Example of Narative..................................................................................................................15A. Queen of Arabia and Three Sheiks................................................................................15B. The Smartest Parrot......................................................................................................16C. The Legend of Toba Lake...............................................................................................17D. Cinderella 1...................................................................................................................18E. The Smartest Animal.....................................................................................................19

5. Procedure Text................................................................................................................20What is Procedure?..................................................................................................................20Example of Procedure...............................................................................................................21A. Planting Chilies..............................................................................................................21B. Writing For Business......................................................................................................21C. How to Make a Cheese Omelet.....................................................................................22

6. News Item Text................................................................................................................22What is News Item?..................................................................................................................22Example of Procedure...............................................................................................................23A. Malaysian Women Suggested to Carry Condoms..........................................................23B. Indonesian Maid in HK Court after Having Sex..............................................................24C. Indonesian Maid beheaded...........................................................................................25

7. Discussion Text................................................................................................................25What is Discussion?..................................................................................................................25Example of Discussion Text.......................................................................................................26A. Example of Discussion Text on Nuclear Power..............................................................26B. Hunting Fox...................................................................................................................28


8. Explanation Text..............................................................................................................28What is Explanation?................................................................................................................28Example of Explanation Text.....................................................................................................29A. Tsunami.........................................................................................................................29B. How Day and Night Happen..........................................................................................29C. Why Summer Daylight is Longger than Winter Daylight................................................30

9. Hortatory Exposition Text................................................................................................30What is Hortatory Exposition?..................................................................................................30Example of Hortatory Exposition..............................................................................................31A. Watch your Kids While Watching TV.............................................................................31B. More Dust Bins is Cleaner; example of hortatory..........................................................32C. Where should be after High School?; a hortatory text..................................................33D. Millions from Property Market; a hortatory exposition text.........................................34

10. Report Text......................................................................................................................34What is Report?........................................................................................................................34Example of Report Text............................................................................................................35A. Platypus; a report text...................................................................................................35

11. Spoof Text.......................................................................................................................36What is Spoof?..........................................................................................................................36Example of Spoof text...............................................................................................................37A. “That Phone is Off”........................................................................................................37B. Saved by Stilts................................................................................................................38C. Private Conversation.....................................................................................................39D. Nasreddin’s Coat...........................................................................................................39E. Penguin in the Park.......................................................................................................40

12. Recount Text...................................................................................................................41What is Recount?......................................................................................................................41Example of Recount text...........................................................................................................41A. Vacation to London.......................................................................................................41B. Between Recount and Narrative...................................................................................42C. Visiting Bali....................................................................................................................42D. My Horrible Experience.................................................................................................43E. My Grandpa’s Funeral in Toraja....................................................................................44

13. Review Text.....................................................................................................................45Example of Review text............................................................................................................46A. Zenni Optical; a site for eyeglasses................................................................................46B. Good Translation...........................................................................................................47C. Recording Mommy Journey...........................................................................................47D. Good Young Mother......................................................................................................48E. Recommended Software Applications...........................................................................48

14. Similarities and differenties.............................................................................................48A. The Differences between Report and Descriptive Text.................................................48B. Between Explanation and Procedure Text.....................................................................49C. Between Recount and Narrative...................................................................................49D. Between Explanation and Procedure Text.....................................................................50


15. A Complete Overview Of Tex Types.................................................................................5016. Bentuk Soal Reading........................................................................................................54

II. FUNCTIONAL SKILL...........................................................................................................561. Offering Help or Things (menawarkan bantuan / menawarkan sesuatu)Error! Bookmark not

defined.2. Introducing (memperkenalkan).....................................................................................573. Greeting (memberi salam).............................................................................................584. Inviting (mengundang/mengajak).................................................................................595. Expressing Thanks (terimakasih)...................................................................................606. Congratulations (ucapan selamat).................................................................................617. Sympathy (menyatakan rasa simpati)...........................................................................628. Pleasure, Displeasure (senang & tidak senang).............................................................639. Satisfaction, Dissatisfaction ( kepuasan, ketidakpuasan)...............................................6410. Asking & Giving Opinion (meminta & memberi pendapat)...........................................6511. Agreement/approval, Disagreement/disapproval (setuju, tidak setuju).......................6512. Fear, Anciety (ungkapan ketakutan, kegelisahan).........................................................6613. Pain, Relief (ungkapan kesakitan, kelegaan)..................................................................6714. Like/Love & Dislike/Hate (suka/cinta & tidak suka/benci).............................................6715. Embarrassment & Annoyance (Ungkapan rasa malu, kejengkelan)..............................6816. Request (permintaan)....................................................................................................6917. Complaint, Blame (keluhan,menyalahkan)....................................................................7018. Regret, Apology (penyesalan, meminta maaf)..............................................................7119. Possibility & Impossibility (kemungkinan & ketidakmungkinan)...................................72

III. LANGUAGE USAGE...........................................................................................................73A. TENSES...........................................................................................................................73B. DIRECT - INDIRECT (Reported Speech)..........................................................................78C. PASSIVE VOICE (kalimat pasif).......................................................................................83D. DEGREES OF COMPARISON (tingkat perbandingan)......................................................86E. QUESTION TAGS............................................................................................................87F. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (kalimat pengandaian)........................................................88G. RELATIVE PRONOUNS (kata ganti penghubung)............................................................89H. SUBJUNCTIVE WISH.......................................................................................................90I. CAUSATIVE HAVE/GET...................................................................................................90J. GERUND........................................................................................................................91K. PREFERENCES (pilihan/kesukaan)..................................................................................92L. CONNECTORS (Kata Penghubung).................................................................................92M. CONJUNCTIONS (Kata Sambung)...................................................................................93N. ELLIPTIC CONSTRUCTION...............................................................................................94


I. Understanding Types of Text Text can be classified into several types. The term of 'type' is sometime stated as 'genre'. These types of text are;

1. Analytical Exposition 2. Anecdote 3. Descriptive 4. Narrative 5. Procedure 6. News Items 7. Discussion

8. Explanation 9. Hortatory Exposition 10. Report 11. Spoof 12. Recount 13. Review

These classification on type of text are based on analysis of three main elements of text. These elements of text are:The purpose of the text; why is the text made?, what is text made for by its writerThe generic structure of the text; analyzing the used structure in composing the text, in what way is the text constructed by its writer.The language feature; taking a look at the linguistic characterizations of the text, what kind of language feature is used to build the text by its writer.

1. Analytical Exposition TextWhat is Analytical Exposition?

1. Definition of Analytical ExpositionExposition is a text that elaborates the writer‘s idea about the phenomenon surrounding. Its social function is to persuade the reader that the idea is important matter.

2. Generic Structure of Analytical Exposition Thesis: Introducing the topic and indicating the writer’s position Argument 1: Explaining the argument to support the writer’s position Argument 2: Explaining the other arguments support the writer’s position more Reiteration: Restating the writer’s position

3. Language Features of Analytical Exposition Using relational process Using internal conjunction Using causal conjunction Using Simple Present Tense

4. Examples and structures of the text

Cars should be banned in the cityThesis Cars should be banned in the city. As we all know, cars create

pollution, and cause a lot of road deaths and other accidents.Arguments Firstly, cars, as we all know, contribute to most of the


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/understanding-types-of-text.html

pollution in the world.Cars emit a deadly gas that causes illnesses such as bronchitis,

lung cancer, and ‘triggers’ off asthma. Some of these illnesses are so bad that people can die from them.

Secondly, the city is very busy. Pedestrians wander everywhere and cars commonly hit pedestrians in the city, which causes them to die. Cars today are our roads biggest killers.

Thirdly, cars are very noisy. If you live in the city, you may find it hard to sleep at night, or concentrate on your homework, and especially talk to someone.

Reiteration In conclusion, cars should be banned from the city for the reasons listed.

Example of Analytical Exposition

A. Is Smoking Good for Us?Before we are going to smoke, it is better to look at the fact. About 50

thousands people die every year in Britain as direct result of smoking. This is seven times as many as die in road accidents. Nearly a quarter of smokers die because of diseases caused by smoking.

Ninety percent of lung cancers are caused by smoking. If we smoke five cigarettes a day, we are six times more likely to die of lung cancer than a non smoker. If we smoke twenty cigarettes a day, the risk is nineteen greater. Ninety five percent of people who suffer of bronchitis are people who are smoking. Smokers are two and half times more likely to die of heart disease than non smokers.

Additionally, children of smoker are more likely to develop bronchitis and pneumonia. In one hour in smoky room, non smoker breathes as much as substance causing cancer as if he had smoked fifteen cigarettes.

Smoking is really good for tobacco companies because they do make much money from smoking habit. Smoking however is not good for every body else.Notes on the generic structure: From the generic structure, what make big different is that analytical exposition ends with paragraph to strengthen the thesis while hortatory makes a recommendation for readers.Thesis: This pre-conclusive paragraph states the writer’s point of view about the topic discussed. Writer has show himself in clear position of the discussed topic. Paragraph 1 is the thesis of this analytical exposition text. It states the fact of the very fatal impact of the smoking habit. Clearly the writer wants to say that smoking is not a good habit.Arguments: Presenting arguments in analytical exposition text is as important as giving conflict plot in narrative text. The series of argument will strengthen the thesis stated before. In this example of analytical exposition text, paragraph 2 and


3 are the detail arguments presented in a reporting fact to support that smoking is not good even for smokers themselves. Furthermore, people who do not smoke but they are in smoky area have the bad effect too from the smoking habit.Reiteration: This end paragraph actually is restating the thesis. It is something like conclusive paragraph from the previous arguments. The last paragraph of this example of analytical exposition points again that smoking is not good for smokers and people around smokers. However smoking is very good for Cigarette Companies

B. Opportunity in the Global Financial Crisis US financial crisis and its contagion to Europe and the rest of the world could

also create new opportunity for Indonesia in term of foreign direc investment and the development of basic infrastructure.

As the US, financial crisis has now spread to Europe, the oil-rich countries such as Saudi Arabia, Kuwait and Arab Emirate which have accumulated hundreds of billion of Dollars in their foreign reserve, are now reviewing their holding or investment vehicle. They are looking for more diversified investment outside the US and Europe.

Because of unfavorable political developments in Thailand and Malaysia over the past few months, Indonesia which has largely Muslim population could become one of these oil-rich countries' favorite place for foreign direct investment. That wil be true if the conditions, legal and market infrastructures are conducive for Islamic financial instruments.

The government had improved the legal framework with the recent actment of laws on sharia banking and bonds. The long term nature of Islamic bonds could make them the most suitable investment instrument for Indonesia, as these bonds grant an investor a share in an asset along with the cash flows and risks commensurate with such ownership.

The financial crisis that has gripped the globe and weakening economic growth in the rest of the world will serve to the government to accelerate the investment reform measures in order to grab the hidden opportunity in the global crisis. (Simplified from the jakartapos.com on Oct 9)

NOTES ON Generic Structure: Paragraph 1 is THESIS. It introduces the topic of the text which state the

potential opportunity behind the glogal financial crisis. Paragraphes 2 and 3 are the ARGUMENTS which support to the opinios stated

in the above thesis. Paragraph 4 is REITERATION which restates the thesis in another phrases to

point the writer'opinion.

C. Laptop as Students' Friend


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/09/laptop-as-students-friend.html

Conventionally, students need book, pen, eraser, drawing book, ruler and such other stuff. Additionally, in this multimedia era, students need more to reach their progressive development. Students need mobile keyboards to record every presented subject easily. Of course it will need more cost but it will deserve for its function.

First, modern schools tend to apply fast transferring knowledge because the school needs to catch the target of curriculum. Every subject will tend to be given in demonstrative method. Consequently students need extra media cover the subject. Since there is a laptop on every student’s desk, this method will help student to get better understanding.

Secondly, finding an appropriate laptop is not difficult as it was. Recently there is an online shop which provides comprehensive information. The best is that the shop has service of online shopping. The students just need to brows that online shop, decide which computer or laptop they need, and then complete the transaction. After that the laptop will be delivered to the students' houses. That is really easy and save time and money.

From all of that, having mobile computer is absolutely useful for students who want to catch the best result for their study. Buying laptop online is advisable because it will cut the price. This online way is recommended since online shop also provides several laptop types. Students just need to decide which type they really need.

D. Career in Translation Functionally, translation is transferring the

message or the meaning and not the word. According to Nida, such translation is called dynamic equivalence translation. It tries to bring the precise message in different language.

Many people like to watch Hollywood movie but many get trouble in understanding to the actors' dialogue. So the way they get the understanding about the movie is reading the translating text running. If Hindi translation is


Small NotesAnalytical Exposition (Eksposisi Analitis)Ciri Umum:(a) Tujuan Komunikatif Teks:

Memaparkan dan mempengaruhi audience (pendengar atau pembaca) bahwa ada masalah yang tentunya perlu mendapat perhatian.

(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure Thesis; Pernyataan pendapat Argument; terdiri atas

“point” yang dikemukakan dan “elaborasi”;

Reiteration ; Penguatan pernyataan.

(c) Ciri Kebahasaan: Menggunakan: General nouns, misalnya car,

pollution, leaded petrol car, dsb. Abstract nouns, misalnya policy,

government, dsb. Technical verbs, misalnya

species of animals, dsb. Relating verbs, misalnya It is

important, dsb. Action verbs, misalnya She must

save, dsb. Thinking verbs, misalnya Many

people believe, dsb Modal verbs, misalnya we must

preserve, dsb. Modal adverbs, misalnya

certainly, we, dsb. Connectives, misalnya firstly,

secondly,dsb. Bahasa evaluatif, misalnya

important, valuable, trustworthy, dsb.

Kalimat pasif

http://www.iaflindia.com/

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/06/career-in-translation.html

http://www.shopwiki.com/wiki/Laptop+Computers#Types+of+Laptops

http://www.shopwiki.com/wiki/Laptop+Computers

http://www.shopwiki.com/wiki/Laptop+Computers#How+To+Get+the+Best

http://www.shopwiki.com/wiki/Laptop+Computers#Top+Picks

provided, it will bring the better understanding for Indian moviegoer. Hollywood movie spread over other Asia countries. Therefore, Arabic translation, Indonesian translation and Farsi translation are widely needed and that is a big chance for English master in that countries.

India is likely being an English speaking country. India translation will grow better and. It seems Indonesia, Malaysia and Filipina will reach that mark too soon. Translation job will be great in amount and that is good development for translating job seekers.

E. Writing is a Great for Money Online

The emergence of the internet has given internet entrepreneurs many ways to make money. Writers are one group that have benefited from their talents as a result in the rise of internet based jobs.

Blog writing is an increasingly popular way to earn money online determined by the owner of the blog. They are very popular because of tBlogs are usually written on a certain subject area but can vary as its content is heir simplicity to get up and running. There are many free websites out there that will help you set up your own blog if you choose to go that route because blog plus advertisement is a potential money

Article writing is also good money to earn money online. Make sure to gear your articles to promote and advertise you own business ventures. These articles are a free way to market the products and services you offer for free. The most effective advertising with these articles comes from the dialogue box that is inserted at the end of each article. These dialogue boxes contain links to basically any website you would like to drive traffic to. For instance, you might have one link in your dialogue box to a product you are selling and one to a blog where you are promoting a discussing other products.

Writing takes some time to gain credibility through but once it's done' earning potential can become very powerful.

Generic Structure Analysis Thesis; Writing is good in making money online Argument 1; blog is a potentially earning money Argumant 2; writing articles is good in earning money Conclusion; credible writer is powerful to make money onlineLanguage Feature Analysis Simple present tense; Blog writing is an increasingly popular way to earn

money online, Writing takes some time to gain credibility, etc Causal conjunction ; because, etc

2. Anecdote Text






What is Anecdote?

1. Definition and Social Function of AnecdoteAnecdote is a text which retells funny and unusual incidents in fact or imagination. Its purpose is to entertain the readers.

2. Generic Structure of Anecdote1. Abstract2. Orientation 3. Crisis4. Incident.

3. Language Feature of Anecdote1. Using exclamation words; it's awful!, it's wonderful!, etc2. Using imperative; listen to this3. Using rhetoric question; do you know what?4. Using action verb; go, write, etc5. Using conjunction of time; then, afterward6. Using simple past tense


Snake in the Bath Abstract How would you like to find a snake in your bath? A nasty one

too!Orientation We had just moved into a new house, which had been empty

for so long that everything was in a terrible mess. Anna and I decided we would clean the bath first, so we set to, and turned on the tap.

Crisis Suddenly to my horror, a snake’s head appeared in the plug-hole. Then out slithered the rest of his long thin body. He twisted and turned on the slippery bottom of the bath, spitting and hissing at us.

Incident For an instant I stood there quite paralysed. Then I yelled for my husband, who luckily came running and killed the snake with the handle of a broom. Anna, who was only three at the time, was quite interested in the whole business. Indeed I had to pull her out of the way or she’d probably have leant over the bath to get a better look!

Coda Ever since then I’ve always put the plug in firmly before running the bath water.

Example of Anecdote

A. Blessing behind TragedyThere was a black family in Scotland years ago. They were Clark family with

nine children. They had a dream to go to America. The family worked and saved.


They were making plan to travel with their children to America. It had taken several years but finally they had saved enough money. They had gotten passport. They had booked seats for the whole family member in a new liner to America.

The entire family was full of anticipation and excitement with their new life in America. However few days before their departure, the youngest son was bitten by a dog. The doctor sewed up the boy. Because of the possibility of getting rabies, there were being quarantined for long days. They were in quarantine when the departure time came. The family dreams were dashed. They could not make the trip to America as they had planned.

The father was full of disappointed and anger. He stomped the dock to watch the ship leaved without him and his family. He shed tears of disappointment. He cursed both his son and God for the misfortune.

Five days latter, the tragic news spread throughout Scotland. The ship, the mighty Titanic, had shank. It took hundreds of passenger and crew with it. Titanic which had been called the unsinkable ship had sunk. It was unbelievable but it was.

The Clak family should have been on that ship, but because of the bitten son by a dog, they were left behind. When the father heard the news, he hugged the son and thanked him for saving the family. He thanked God for saving their lives. It was a blessing behind a tragedy. (Adapted from Look Ahead 2)

Generic Structure AnalysisAbstract: Everybody has a dream. You have and so do I. When the dream will come true, there is something wrong last minute before it. What will we feel? What will we do?Orientation: the Clak family lived in Scotland. They had dream to travel to America. They prepared well for their planCrisis: few days before they went to America, his youngest son was bitten by a dog. It made they were being quarantined. They had to forget their plan.Incident: the family was full of disappointment and anger. The father was angry with his son and God. The family failed to travel to America and the father could not accept it.


Small Notes2. Anecdote (Cerita Lucu)

Ciri Umum:

(a) Tujuan Komunikatif Teks:

Menceritakan kejadian/peristiwa lucu berdasarkan khayalan atau peristiwa nyata yang bertujuan menghibur.

(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure Abstrak (Abstract) Pengenalan (Orientation) Krisis (Crisis) Tindakan (Incident) Koda (Coda)

(c) Ciri Kebahasaan: Menggunakan: seruan/kata seru, pertanyaan retorik

dan kata-kata seperti Listen to this! And do you know what? It’s awful, isn’t it? dsb.

action verbs, misalnya go, write, dsb.

conjunctions yang berhubungan dengan waktu, seperti then, afterwards, dsb.

Coda: the father thank to his son when he hear the ship sank. He thank to God because of saving the family from sinking. He thought leaving behind the ship was not a tragedy but a blessing.

3. Description Text

What is Descriptive Text?

1. The Definition and Purpose of Descriptive Text Descriptive text is a text which says what a person or a thing is like. Its purpose is to describe and reveal a particular person, place, or thing.

2. The Generic Structure of Descriptive TextDescriptive text has structure as below: Identification; identifying the phenomenon to be described. Description; describing the phenomenon in parts, qualities, or/and characteristics.

3. The Language Feature of Descriptive Text Using attributive and identifying process. Using adjective and classifiers in nominal group. Using simple present tense


MacQuarie UniversityIdentification Macquarie University is one of the largest universities in

Australia. This year, in 2004, it celebrates its 40th anniversary.Description The university is located at the North Ryde Greenbelt, Sydney,

where the New South Wales government sets aside 135 hectares for the institution. In 1964, Macquarie area was a rural retreat on the city fringe, but today the campus and its surroundings have evolved beyond recognition. The North Ryde District has grown into a district of intensive occupation anchored by a vibrant and growing university.

Blessed with a fortunate location and room to breathe, Macquarie can be proud of that careful planning that retains and enrich the university’s most attractive natural features. A pleasing balance between buildings and plating is evident across the campus. This emphasis on the importance of landscape has created images of Macquarie as a place that members of the university are most likely to pleasurably recollect.

One of the highlights of the landscape is the Mars Creek zone. It comprises landscaped creek sides and valley floor, a grass amphitheatre, and artificial lake… surrounded by rocks and pebbles, native plants and eucalypts.


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/02/what-is-descriptive-text.html

Today, a railway station is under construction. In three years1 time, Macquarie will be the only university in Australia with a railway station on site. Macquarie is poised to be the most readily accessible in Sydney region by rail and motorway, yet retaining its beautiful site.

Example of Description

A. My Friend's New Shoes I have a close Friend. She is beautiful, attractive and trendy. She always want

to be a trend setter of the day. She always pays much attention on her appearance. Recently, she bought a new stylist foot legs from blowfish shoes products. This shoes really matches on her.

Her new blowfish women's shoes are wonderful. When she are walking on that shoes, all her friends, including me watch and admire that she has the most suitable shoes on her physical appearance. The style, bright color, and brand represent her as a smart woman of the day. She really have perfect appearance.

She is really mad on that shoes. She said that the products covered all genders. The blowfish men's shoes are as elegant as she has. The products provide varieties of choice. Ballet, casual, boot athletic shoes are designed in attractive way. The products are international trader mark and become the hottest trend.

B. Borobudur Temple Borobudur is Hindu - Budhist temple. It was build in the nineth century under

Sailendra dynasty of ancient Mataram kingdom. Borobudur is located in Magelang, Central Java, Indonesia.

Borobudur is well-known all over the world. Its construction is influenced by the Gupta architecture of India. The temple is constructed on a hill 46 m high and consist of eight step like stone terrace. The first five terrace are square and surrounded by walls adorned with Budist sculpture in bas-relief. The upper three are circular. Each of them is with a circle of bell shape-stupa. The entire adifice is crowned by a large stupa at the centre at the centre of the top circle. The way to the summit extends through some 4.8 km of passage and starways. The design of borobudur which symbolizes the structure of universe influences temples at Angkor, Cambodia.

Borobudur temple which is rededicated as an Indonesian monument in 1983 is a valuable treasure for Indonesian people.

Generic Structure Analysis Identification; identifying the phenomenon to be described in general; Borobudur

temple


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/02/borobudur-temple-descriptive-tex.html

http://www.blowfishshoe.com/



http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/07/my-friends-new-shoes.html

Description; describing the Borobudur temple in parts; eight terraces of Borobudur temple and its characteristics

Language Feature Analysis Using adjective and classifiers;

valuable Using simple present tense; Borobudur

is well-known,The temple is constructed, etc

4. Narrative TextWhat is Narrative?

1. Definition of NarrativeNarrative is a text focusing specific participants. Its social function is to tell stories or past events and entertain the readers.

2. Generic Structure of NarrativeA narrative text consists of the following structure:1. Orientation: Introducing the

participants and informing the time and the place

2. Complication: Describing the rising crises which the participants have to do with

3. Resolution: Showing the way of participant to solve the crises, better or worse

3. Language Features of Narrative Using processes verbs Using temporal conjunction Using Simple Past Tense


Snow White

Orientation Once upon a time there lived a little girl named Snow


Small NotesDescription (Deskripsi)

Ciri Umum:(a) Tujuan Komunikatif Teks:

Mendeskripsikan ciri-ciri seseorang, benda atau tempat tertentu secara spesifik.

(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure Identification; Identifikasi tentang topik

yang akan dideskripsikan, Misalnya: I have many pets, but my favourite one is a cat.

Description; berisi deskripsi tentang bagian-bagiannya. Misalnya tampilan fisik (physical appearance), kualitas, perilaku umum, sifat-sifat (characteristic).

(c) Ciri Kebahasaan:Menggunakan:

nouns tertentu, misalnya teacher, house,my cat, dsb.

simple present tense. detailed noun phrase untuk memberikan

informasi tentang subjek, misalnya It was a large open rowboat, a sweet young lady, dsb.

berbagai macam adjectives, yang bersifat describing, numbering, classifying, misalnya, two strong legs, sharp white fangs, dsb.

relating verbs untuk memberikan informasi tentang subjek, misalnya, My mum is realy cool, It has very thick fur, dsb.

thinking verbs dan feeling verbs untuk

mengungkapkan pandangan pribadi penulis tentang subjek, misalnya Police believe the suspect is armed, I think it is a clever animal, dsb.

action verbs, misalnya Our new puppy bites our shoes, dsb.

abverbials untuk memberikan informasi tambahan tentang perilaku tersebut, misalnya fast, at the tree house, dsb.

bahasa figurative, seperti simile, metafor, misalnya John is white as chalk, sat tight,dsb

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/what-is-narrativ.html

White. She lived with her Aunt and Uncle because her parents were dead.

Complication 1 One day she heard her Uncle and Aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the castle because they both wanted to go to America and they didn’t have enough money to take Snow White.

Resolution 1 Snow White did not want her Uncle and Aunt to do this so she decided it would be best if she ran away. The next morning she ran away from home when her Aunt and Uncle were having breakfast. She ran away into the woods.

Complication 2 Then she saw this little cottage. She knocked but no one answered so she went inside and fell asleep.

Resolution 2 Meanwhile, the seven dwarfs were coming home from work. They went inside. There they found Snow White sleeping. Then Snow White woke up. She saw the dwarfs. The dwarfs said, “what is your name?” Snow White said, “My name is Snow White.”

Doc, one of the dwarfs, said, “If you wish, you may live here with us.” Snow White said, “Oh could I? Thank you.” Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole story and Snow White and the 7 dwarfs lived happily ever after.

Example of Narative

A. Queen of Arabia and Three SheiksMaura, who like to be thought of as the most beautiful and powerful queen of

Arabia, had many suitors. One by one she discarded them, until her list was reduced to just three sheiks. The three sheiks were all equally young and handsome. They were also rich and strong. It was very hard to decide who would be the best of them.

One evening, Maura disguised herself and went to the camp of the three sheiks. As they were about to have dinner, Maura asked them for something to eat. The first gave her some left over food. The second Sheik gave her some unappetizing camel’s tail. The third sheik, who was called Hakim, offered her some of the most tender and tasty meat. After dinner, the disguised queen left the sheik’s camp.

The following day, the queen invited the three sheiks to dinner at her palace. She ordered her servant to give each one exactly what they had given her the evening before. Hakim, who received a plate of delicious meat, refused to eat it if the other two sheiks could not share it with him.

This Sheik Hakim’s act finally convinced Queen Maura that he was the man for her. “Without question, Hakim is the most generous of you” she announced her choice to the sheiks. “So it is Hakim I will marry”.


Narrative Complication in Generic Structure

As it is said many times that, the heart of narrative text is the existence of the complication. It will drive the plot of the story to keep amusing. The

existence of conflict inside the Queen Maura is what builds the story keep running. The psychological conflict inside Maura, which she strikes against herself, is arousing the reader’s attention to continue reading the story. They want to know what next will happen, who will be chosen by Queen Maura; in what way she will decide who the best is. Keeping knowing them really entertaining as well increasing the moral value added.

Orientation: the text introduces the Queen Maura and three sheiks in Arabia once time.

Complication: Queen Maura finds out that it was very difficult to choose one as the best among them

Resolution: finally Queen Maura has a convincing way to choose one and he is Sheik Hakim

B. The Smartest Parrot Once upon time, a man had a wonderful

parrot. There was no other parrot like it. The parrot could say every word, except one word. The parrot would not say the name of the place where it was born. The name of the place was Catano.

The man felt excited having the smartest parrot but he could not understand why the parrot would not say Catano. The man tried to teach the bird to say Catano however the bird kept not saying the word.

At the first, the man was very nice to the bird but then he got very angry. “You


Small NotesNarrative (Naratif, dongeng)


Menghibur pendengar atau pembaca (yang bertalian dengan pengalaman nyata, khayal atau peristiwa pelik yang mengarah ke suatu krisis, yang pada akhirnya menemukan suatu penyelesaian).

(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure Orientation; Pengenalan tokoh, waktu,

dan tempat terjadinya peristiwa. Complication; Masalah, konflik dalam

cerita. Resolution; Penyelesaian masalah. Koda: perubahan yang terjadi pada

tokoh dan pelajaran yang dapat dipetik dari cerita.


nouns tertentu sebagai kata ganti orang, hewan dan benda tertentu dalam cerita, misalnya, stepsisters, housework, dsb.

adjectives yang membentuk noun phrase, misalnya, long black hair, two red apples, dsb.

time connectives dan conjunctions untuk mengurutkan kejadian-kejadian, misalnya then, before that, soon, dsb.

adverbs dan adverbial phrases untuk menunjukkan lokasi kejadian atau peristiwa, misalnya here, in the mountain, happily ever after,dsb.

action verbs dalam past tense; stayed, climbed, dsb.

saying verbs yang menandai ucapan seperti: said, told, promised, dan thinking verbs yang menandai pikiran, persepsi atau perasaan tokoh dalam cerita, misalnya thought, understood, felt, dsb.

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/12/example-of-narrative-text-smartest.html

stupid bird!” pointed the man to the parrot. “Why can’t you say the word? Say Catano! Or I will kill you” the man said angrily. Although he tried hard to teach, the parrot would not say it. Then the man got so angry and shouted to the bird over and over; “Say Catano or I’ll kill you”. The bird kept not to say the word of Catano.

One day after he had been trying so many times to make the bird say Catano, the man really got very angry. He could not bear it. He picked the parrot and threw it into the chicken house. There were four old chickens for next dinner “You are as stupid as the chickens. Just stay with them” Said the man angrily. Then he continued to humble; “You know, I will cut the chicken for my meal. Next it will be your turn, I will eat you too, stupid parrot”. After that he left the chicken house.

The next day, the man came back to the chicken house. He opened the door and was very surprised. He could not believe what he saw at the chicken house. There were three death chickens on the floor. At the moment, the parrot was standing proudly and screaming at the last old chicken; “Say Catano or I’ll kill you”.

Analysis the Generic StructureOrientation: It sets the scene and introduces the participants/characters. In that parrot story, the first paragraph is the orientation where reader finds time and place set up and also the participant as the background of the story. A man and his parrot took place once time.Complication: It explores the conflict in the story. It will show the crisis, rising crisis and climax of the story. In the parrot story, paragraph 2, 3, 4 are describing the complication. Readers will find that the man face a problem of why the parrot can not say Catano. To fix this problem, the man attempted to teach the bird. How hard he tried to teach the bird is the excitement element of the complication.Resolution: It shows the situation which the problems have been resolved. It must be our note that “resolved” means accomplished whether succeed or fail. In the last paragraph of the smartest parrot story, readers see the problem is finished. The parrot could talk the word which the man wanted. The parrot said the word with higher degree than the man taught the word to it. That was the smartest parrot.

C. The Legend of Toba LakeOnce upon time, there was a handsome man. His name was Batara Guru Sahala. He

liked fishing. One day, he caught a fish. He was surprised to find out that the fish could talk. The fish begged him to set it free.

Batara Guru could not bear it. He made the fish free. As soon as it was free, the fish changed into a very beautiful woman. She attracted Batara Guru so much. He felt in love with that fish-woman. The woman wanted to marry with him and said that Batara Guru had to keep the secret which she had been a fish. Batara Guru aggreed and promised that he would never tell anybody about it.


They were married happily. They had two daughters. One day Batara Guru got very angry with his daughter. He could not control his mad. He shouted angrily and got the word of fish to his daugters. The daughters were crying. They found their mother and talked her about it.

The mother was very annoyed. Batara Guru broke his promise. The mother was shouting angrily. Then the earth began to shake. Volcanoes started to erupt. The earth formed a very big hole. People believed that the big hole became a lake. Then this lake is known as Toba Lake.

D. Cinderella 1Once upon a time, there was a young girl named Cinderella. She lived with her step

mother and two step sisters.The step mother and sisters were conceited and bad tempered. They treated

Cinderella very badly. Her step mother made Cinderella do the hardest works in the house; such as scrubbing the floor, cleaning the pot and pan and preparing the food for the family. The two step sisters, on the other hand, did not work about the house. Their mother gave them many handsome dresses to wear.

One day, the two step sister received an invitation to the ball that the king’s son was going to give at the palace. They were excited about this and spent so much time choosing the dresses they would wear. At last, the day of the ball came, and away went the sisters to it. Cinderella could not help crying after they had left.

“Why are crying, Cinderella?” a voice asked. She looked up and saw her fairy godmother standing beside her, “because I want so much to go to the ball” said Cinderella. “Well” said the godmother,”you’ve been such a cheerful, hardworking, uncomplaining girl that I am going to see that you do go to the ball”.

Magically, the fairy godmother changed a pumpkin into a fine coach and mice into a coachman and two footmen. Her godmother tapped Cinderella’s raged dress with her wand, and it became a beautiful ball gown. Then she gave her a pair of pretty glass slippers. “Now, Cinderella”, she said; “You must leave before midnight”. Then away she drove in her beautiful coach.Cinderella was having a wonderfully good time. She danced again and again with the king’s son. Suddenly the clock began to strike twelve, she ran toward the door as quickly as she could. In her hurry, one of her glass slipper was left behind.

A few days later, the king’ son proclaimed that he would marry the girl whose feet fitted the glass slipper. Her step sisters tried on the slipper but it was too small for them, no matter how hard they squeezed their toes into it. In the end, the king’s page let Cinderella try on the slipper. She stuck out her foot and the page slipped the slipper on. It fitted perfectly.

Finally, she was driven to the palace. The king’s son was overjoyed to see her again. They were married and live happily ever after.

Notes on Generic Structure


Orientation: They were Cinderella her self as the main character of the story, her step mother which treated Cinderella badly, and her steps sister which supported her mother to make Cinderella was treated very badly. Cinderella was introduced as a hero in this story. She struggled against the bad treatment from her step mother and sisters.Complication: In this Cinderella story, we can see clearly that there are Major Complication and Minor Complication.The second paragraph is the major complication of this Cinderella story. Cinderella got bad treatment from her stepmother. It is the bad crisis which drives into several minor complications which Cinderella has to overcome.Resolution: Like complication, there are Major Resolution and Minor Resolution.In the last paragraph, it is said that finally Cinderella lived happily. It is the happy resolution of the bad treatment.

E. The Smartest Animal. Once there was a farmer from Laos. Every morning and every evening, he ploughed

his field with his buffalo.One day, a tiger saw the farmer and his buffalo working in the field. The tiger was

very surprised to see a big animal listening to a small animal. The tiger wanted to know more about the big animal and the small animal.

After the man went home, the tiger spoke to the buffalo; “you are so big and strong. Why do you do everything the man tells you?” The buffalo answered; “oh, the man is very intelligent”.

The tiger asked; “can you tell me how intelligent he is?”. “No, I can’t tell you”, said the buffalo; “but you can ask him”

So the next day the tiger asked to the man; “Can I see your intelligence?”. But the man answered; “it at home”. “Can you go and get it?” asked the tiger. “Yes” said the man; “but I am afraid you will kill my buffalo when I am gone. Can I tie you to a tree?”

After the man tied the tiger to the tree, he didn’t go home to get his intelligence. He took his plough and hit the tiger. Then he said; “Now you know about my intelligence even you haven’t seen it.

Generic Structure Analysis1. Orientation; introducing specific participants; farmer and his buffalo, once in

Laos2. Complication; revealing a series of crisis: the tiger wanted to know more about

the farmer and the buffalo, the tiger wanted to know about the farmer’s intelligence.

3. Resolution; the crisis is resolve: the farmer hit the tiger

Language Feature Analysis Using saying verb; answered


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/03/smartest-animal-narrative-text.html

Using thinking verb; saw, was surprised to Using action verb; tie, hit Using time conjunction; once, one day Using connectives; after, the next day Using past tense; there was a farmer, the man tied the tiger.

5. Procedure Text

What is Procedure?

1. Definition of ProcedureProcedure is a text that shows a process in order. Its social function is to describe how something is completely done through a sequence of series

2. Generic Structure of Procedure1. Goal: showing the purpose2. Material: Telling the needed materials3. Step 1-end: Describing the steps to achieve the purpose

3. Language Feature of Procedure Using temporal conjunction Using action verb Using imperative sentence Using Simple Present Tense


Tujuan(Goal)

How to Make a Cheese Omelet

Bahan(Material)

Ingredients1 egg, 50 g cheese, ¼ cup milk, 3 tablespoons cooking oil, a pinch of salt and pepperUtensilsFrying pan, fork, spatula, cheese grater, bowl, plate

Langkah-langkah(Step)

Method1. Crack an egg into a bowl2. Whisk the egg with a fork until it is smooth3. Add milk and whisk well4. Grate the cheese into the bowl and stir5. Heat the oil in a frying pan6. Pour the mixture into the frying pan7. Turn the omelet with a spatula when it browns8. Cook both sides9. Place on a plate; season with salt and pepper


10. Eat while warm.

Example of Procedure

A. Planting Chilies Planting is a nice activity in our spare time. The

following is guided information on how to plant a chili-plant easily. Here are the steps.

Firstly, dry a handful seeding under the sunlightSecondly, put the seeding on the soil. It should be

in open areaNext, wait it. There will come out the sprout after

that let it be bigger.Finally, put it in another big pot. It will soon grow

bigger and bigger and yield us some fresh chilies soon.

Generic Structure Analysis Goal; informing on how to plant chillies. Material; excluded Steps; showing the steps or method in planting

chillies; from drying seed to putting the sprout in big pot.

Language Feature AnalysisImperative sentences; dry a handful seeding, put it, etc

Action verb; put, dry, etc Temporal conjunction; next, finally, firstly,

secondly Simple present tense pattern; planting is a nice

activity, the following is a guided information

B. Writing For Business Writing something for your business can be pretty

intimidating. Well, you don't have to.Here's a simple checklist to follow. I'm not saying that following these rules will

make your company the next Google, but it will help.Firstly, take the topic of benefits, not features. Your customers don't care about you.

They want to know "What's in it for me?"Secondly, write your benefit like you talk it. Use regular words. Read aloud what

you've written. How does it sound?Thirdly, lose the weak words. Don't describe how your company may, might or

should help customers but talk about how your company will.


Small NotesProcedure (Prosedur)Ciri Umum:


Memberi petunjuk tentang cara melakukan sesuatu melalui serangkaian tindakan atau langkah.

(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure

Aim/Goal; Tujuan kegiatan

Materials; Bahan-bahan

Note: Materials are not required for all Procedure text

Steps; Langkah-langkah.

(c) Ciri Kebahasaan:

Menggunakan:

pola kalimat imperative, misalnya, Cut, Don’t mix, dsb.

action verbs, misalnya turn, put, don’t, mix, dsb.

connectives untuk mengurutkan kegiatan, misalnya then, while, dsb.

adverbials untuk menyatakan rinci waktu, tempat, cara yang akurat, misalnya for five minutes, 2 centimetres from the top, dsb.

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/how-to-write-for-business.html

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/planting-chilies-procedure-text-1.html

Fourthly, Use a nice rhythm. Some sentences are long and some are short. Mix them up and keep things interesting.

Fifthly,re-read what you've done before publishing. Edit it necesarily. It's so easy to make mistakes which you don't notice the first time through.

Simplified from: http://EzineArticles.com/?expert=Daniel_F_O'connor

Generic Structure Analysis Goal; informing on how to write for business Material; excluded Steps/ method; showing the method in writing for business;

choosing the advantageous topic, writing the topic like the way it is talked, re-reading what have been written .

Language Feature Analysis Imperative sentences; write like you talked, re-read what you have

done, etc Action verb; write, read, etc Temporal conjunction, firstly, secondly, etc

C. How to Make a Cheese OmeletWell, to make a cheese omelet, you need an egg, fifty gram cheese, a quarter cup of

milk, three tablespoons cookin oil, a pinch of satlt and pepper. Next, you need some tools, such as; frying pan, fork, spatula, cheese grater, bowl and plate.

Listen carefully, First, crack an egg into a bowl and whisk the egg with a fork until it is smooth. Next, add

First,

6. News Item TextWhat is News Item?

1. Definition of News ItemNews item is a text which informs readers about events of the day. The events are considered newsworthy or important.

2. Generic Structure of News Item1. Main event2. Elaboration (background, participant, time, place)3. Resource of information


http://EzineArticles.com/?expert=Daniel_F_O'connor

3. Language Feature of News Item1. Focusing on circumstances2. Using material process


Town ‘Contaminated

Newsworthy events

Moscow – A Russian journalist has uncovered evidence of another Soviet nuclear catastrophe, which killed 10 sailors and contaminated an entire town.

Background Events

Yelena Vazrshavskya is the first journalist to speak to people who witnessed the explosion of a nuclear submarine at the naval base of shkotovo – 22 near Vladivostock.

The accident, which occurred 13 months before the Chernobyl disaster, spread radioactive fall-out over the base and nearby town, but was covered up by officials of the Soviet Union. Residents were told the explosion in the reactor of the Victor-class submarine during a refit had been a ‘thermal’ and not a nuclear explosion. And those involved in the clean up operation to remove more than 600 tones of contaminated material were sworn to secrecy.

Sumber InformasiSources

A board of investigators was later to describe it as the worst accident in the history of the Soviet Navy.

Example of Procedure

A. Malaysian Women Suggested to Carry CondomsMalaysian Deputy Health Ministry urged every woman to carry a condom to protect

against HIV, a news report said. “This is not to debate them but to protect them. Women are the first ones to get

exploited by their partners (whom are infected by HIV-positive)” Abdul Latiff Ahmad was quoted as saying by Sunday Star Newspaper. “But this just a suggestion, it’s up to them”.

Abdul latiff made remark to coincide with the International Aids Memorial day, which was celebrated openly for the first time in Malaysia, in bid to reduce stigma for HIV-victim. In the past the event was held behind closed door.

Last year, 745 Malaysian women were identified as HIV-positive and 193 were diagnosed with AIDS, he said in the report. Officials have said nearly 81000 Malaysian have been infected with HIV, less then 10 percent are woman, but the number is steadily rising.


Malaysian Aids Council president, Adeebah Kamarulzaman, was quoted as saying besides sex workers, many women who contract HIV are housewives, were infected unknowingly by their husbands. “It’s not that people don’t know that condoms can protect them. But there are some men who don’t care to take precaution, even though they know they have HIV” she said.

(Source The Jakarta Post, June 01, 2008)

Generic Structure AnalysisNews worthy event: Malaysian women is urged to carry condoms to protect HIV.Background event 1: International Memorial Day was held openly in Malaysia to reduce stigma for HIV victims.Background event 2: The number of Malaysian women who are infected with HIV is steadily rising.Source: Malaysian Aids Council president said that there were some men who did not care to take precaution even though they knew they had HIV

B. Indonesian Maid in HK Court after Having Sex A 45-year old Indonesian maid admitted having sex

with her Hong Kong employer’s 14-year old son after watching internet porn together.

The maid is a divorcee and a mother of two children. The maid, named Suwartin, had worked with

the boy family for 11 years.A court heard how the maid had sex with the boy in relationship that lasted five

months. The boy tried to end the affair but she refused. The teenager eventually confessed to the relationship to the leader of Christian group he belonged to.

Then the maid was arrested. She pleaded guilty to five charges of committing an indecent act with underage partner. She will be sentenced in two week’s time.

She later apologized and said that she would live with the shame of what she had done for the rest of life. “She had acted out of loneliness” the maid’s lawyer said.

(Adapted from Reuters, Hong Kong, May 6, 2008)

Generic Structure AnalysisNews worthy event: Indonesian maid court and admitted having sex with her young employer


Small Notes

News Item (Berita)


Memberitakan kepada pembaca, pendengar atau penonton tentang peristiwa-peristiwa atau kejadian-kejadian yang dipandang penting atau layak diberitakan.

(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure Newsworthy events;

Kejadian inti. Background Events; Latar

belakang kejadian, orang yang terlibat, tempat kejadian dsb.

Sources; komentar saksi kejadian, pendapat para ahli, dsb.

(c) Ciri Kebahasaan: Informasi singkat tertuang

dalam headline Menggunakan action verbs Menggunakan saying verbs,

misalnya say, tell, dsb. Menggunakan kata

keterangan, misalnya badly

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/06/indonesian-maid-in-hk-court-after.html

Background event: The maid is a divorcee. She had worked in the boy family for 11 years. She had relationship the boy for five months. She apologized and felt guiltySource: The maid lawyer said that the maid had acted out of loneliness

C. Indonesian Maid beheaded An Indonesian housemaid has been executed in Saudi Arabia after being convicted of

killing her employer, the Saudi Interior Minister said.The woman was beheaded in the Southern Asir province in what was the second

execution in the country.The maid was earlier found of suffocating her female boss and stealing her

jewellery. Rape, murder and other serious crimes can carry the death penalty in the conservative desert kingdom.

Last year, Saudi Arabia, which follow a strict intepretation of Syaria, Islamic law executed more than 130 people.

(Taken from: www.news.bbc.co.id)

Generic Structure AnalysisMain event; an Indonesian maid was beheaded in Saudi Arabia.Background 1; the maid was found guilty of suffocating her bos.Background 2; serious crimes can carry death penalty in Saudi Arabia.Background 3; Saudi Arabia executed more than 130 people last year.Resource; the Saudi Interior Minister statement.Language Feature AnalysisFocussing circumtances; law of serious crimes.Using material process; behead, execute, carry, etc

7. Discussion Text

What is Discussion?

1. Definition of DiscussionDiscussion is a text which present a problematic discourse. This problem will be discussed from different viewpoints. Discussion is commonly found in philosophical, historic, and social text.

2. Generic Structure of Discussion Statement of issue; stating the issue which is to discussed List of supporting points; presenting the point in in supporting the presented issue List of contrastive point; presenting other points which disagree to the supporting

point Recommendation; stating the writer' recommendation of the discourse

3. Language Feature of Discussion Introducing category or generic participant


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/what-is-discussion.html

http://www.news.bbc.co.id/

http://penggrong.blogspot.com/

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/02/indonesian-maid-beheaded-news-item-text.html

Using thinking verb; feel, hope, believe, etc Using additive, contrastive, and causal connection; similarly, on the hand,

however, etc Using modalities; must, should, could, may, etc Using adverbial of manner; deliberately, hopefully, etc


Homework

Issue I have been wondering if homework is necessary.

Statement of issue and Preview

I think we should have homework because it helps us to learn and revise our work.Homework helps people who aren’t very smart to remember what they have learned. Homework is really good because it helps with our education.

Statement of various viewpoints

But, many times, doing homework is not a great idea. I think we shouldn’t have homework because I like to go out after school to a restaurant or the movies. Sometimes homework is boring and not important.I think homework is bad because I like to play and discuss things with my family.

Example of Discussion Text

A. Example of Discussion Text on Nuclear Power

The Advantage and Disadvantage of Nuclear Power

Nuclear power is generated by using uranium which is a metal mined in various part of the world. The first large scale of nuclear power station was opened at Calder Hall in Cumbria, England in 1956.

Some military ships and submarines have nuclear power plant for engine. Nuclear power produces around 11% of the world's energy needed, and produces huge amounts of energy. It cause no pollution as we would get when burning fossil fuels. The advantages of nuclear plant are as follow: It costs about the same coal, so it is not expansive to make. It does not produce smoke or carbon dioxide, so it does not contribute to the

greenhouse effect.

It produces huge amounts of energy from small amount of uranium.

It produces small amount of waste.

It is reliable.


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2009/02/example-of-discussion-text-on-nuclear.html

On the other hand, nuclear power is very, very dangerous. It must be sealed up and buried for many years to allow the radioactivity to die away. Furthermore, although it is reliable, a lot of money has to be spent on safety because if it does go wrong, a nuclear accident ca be a major accident.

People are increasingly concerned about this matter. In the 1990's nuclear power was the fastest growing source of power in many parts of the world.

Note on the Generic Structure of Discussion TextDiscussion is a process to find the meet point between two different ideas. It is important to to get the understanding between the two differences. In many social activities, discussion is the effective way to calm down any friction and difference in thought, perception and recommendation.This example of discussion text present the two poles, between the advantage and disadvantage of using nuclear plant to fulfill the energy needed. It is a case which need to be talked and discussed from two points. They are represented in the generic structure which is used:Stating the Issue: In the first paragraph, it is stated that using nuclear power can be the choice in fulfilling the needed energy.Supporting Point: In the second paragraph, it is presented the advantages of nuclear power plant to be used as the source of the world's energy neededContrastive Point: The third paragraph shows the balance. It gives the contradictory idea in using nuclear power plant as the resource of energy.


Small Notes Discussion (Pembahasan)


Mengetengahkan suatu masalah (isu) yang ditinjau paling tidak dari 2 (dua) sudut pandang, sebelum sampai pada suatu kesimpulan atau rekomendasi.

(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure Isu;(statement of issue and Preview) Pendapat yang mendukung:

Gagasan Pokok 1, Elaborasi (uraian), Gagasan Pokok 2, Elaborasi (uraian).

Pendapat yang menentang:(Statement of various viewpoints) Gagasan Pokok, Elaborasi (uraian),

Kesimpulan.(conclusion or recomendation)


general nouns untuk menyatakan kategori, misalnya uniforms, alcohol, dsb,

relating verbs untuk memberi informasi tentang isu yang didiskusikan, misalnya smoking is harmful, dsb.

thinking verbs untuk mengungkapkan pandangan pribadi penulis, misalnya feel, believe, hope, dsb.

additives, contrastives dan causal connectives untuk menghubungkan argumen, misalnya similarly, on the hand, however, dsb.

detailed noun groups untuk memberikan informasi secara padu, misalnya the dumping of unwanted kittens, dsb.

modalities, seperti perhaps, must, should, should have been, could be, dsb.

adverbials of maner, misalnya deliberately, hopefully, dsb.

Recommendation: This text is ended with a similar recommendation on how people should concern in the matter of nuclear energy.

B. Hunting Fox Foxhunting is a subject that provokes very strong feelings. Many people believe

that it is cruel to hunt a fox with dogs and totally agree with its ban.Many farmer and even conservationists, however, have always argue that the fox is

a pest which attacks livestock and must be controlled.

(Taken from: www.bbc.co.uk)

Generic Structure AnalysisStating the issue; hunting fox.Supporting point; farmers and conservationists agree to hunt fox because they attack livestok.Contrastive point; many people disagree hunting fox with dog because it is cruel.Recommendation; Do not be cruel in hunting fox just control it in safe way.Language Feature AnalysisIntroducing category participant; farmer, conservationists.Using thinking verb; believe.Using connectives;Using modalities; must, always

8. Explanation Text

What is Explanation?

1. Definition and purposes of ExplanationExplanation is a text which tells processes relating to forming of natural, social, scientific and cultural phenomena. Explanation text is to say 'why' and 'how' of the forming of the phenomena. It is often found in science, geography and history text books.

2. Generic structure of Explanation General statement; stating the phenomenon issues which are to be explained. Sequenced explanation; stating a series of steps which explain the phenomena.

3. Language Feature Featuring generic participant; sun, rain, etc Using chronological connection; to begin with, next, etc Using passive voice pattern Using simple present tense


Making Paper from Woodchips


http://www.bbc.co.uk/

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/02/hanting-fox.html

A general statement

Woodchipping is a process used to obtain pulp and paper products from forest trees.

The woodchipping process begins when the trees are cut down in a selected area of the forest called a coupe.

A sequenced explanation of

Next the tops and branches of the trees are cut out and then the logs are taken to the mill.

why or how something occurs

At the mill the bark of the logs is removed and the logs are taken to a chipper which cuts them into small pieces called woodchips.

The woodchips are then screened to remove dirt and other impurities.

At this stage they are either exported in this form or changed into pulp by chemicals and heat.

The pulp is then bleached and the water content is removed.

Closing Finally the pulp is rolled out to make paper.

Example of Explanation Text

A. TsunamiThe term of “tsunami” comes from the Japanese which means harbour ("tsu") and

wave ("nami"). A tsunamigk is a series of waves generated when water in a lake or the sea is rapidly displaced on a massive scale.

A tsunami can be generated when the sea floor abruptly deforms and vertically displaces the overlying water. Such large vertical movements of the earth's crust can occur at plate boundaries.

Subduction of earthquakes are particularly effective in generating tsunamis, and occur where denser oceanic plates slip under continental plates.

As the displaced water mass moves under the influence of gravity to regain its equilibrium, it radiates across the ocean like ripples on a pond.

Tsunami always bring great damage. Most of the damage is caused by the huge mass of water behind the initial wave front, as the height of the sea keeps rising fast and floods powerfully into the coastal area.

(simplified from www.panda.org)

B. How Day and Night Happen The sun seems to rise in the morning, crosses the sky during the day and sets at

night. However the sun does not actually move around the earth. Earth's turning on its axis makes it look as if the sun is moves.

The earth makes a complete turn on its axis for 24 hours. It is called as rotation. It causes day and night. The earth also moves around the sun. It takes 365 days or a year.


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/04/how-day-and-night-happen-expanation.html

http://www.panda.org/

This process is called revolution. The revolution process causes the changes of the season

C. Why Summer Daylight is Longger than Winter Daylight

In the summer, the amount of daylight that we get is more than we get in winter. This is not because as much people think we are closer to the sun but because of the tilt of the earth.

The earth is actually closer to the sun in winter than it is in summer but you would be forgiven for thinking that this can not be true after looking out of your window on a cold and frosty morning.

It seems strange that as the earth get closer to the sun during its orbit then the amount of daylight that we get decrease. But that is the case. It is the tilt of the earth that determine the amount of daylight that we get and so the length of time that for us the sun is above the horizon.

(Taken from: www.ictteachers.co.uk)

Generic Structure AnalysisGeneral statement; stating the phenomenon whic daylight in summer is longer than in winter.Explanation; it is the tilt of the earth that determines the amount of daylight not the distance of the earth from the sun.Language Feature AnalysisFocusing generic participant; daylight.

Using chronological connection; then, so, but.Using pasive voice; you would be forgiven.Using present tense; the earth is actually closer to the sun.

9. Hortatory Exposition Text

What is Hortatory Exposition?

1. Definition of Hortatory ExpositionHortatory exposition is a text which represent the attempt of the writer to have the addressee do something or act in certain way.


Small NotesExplanation Text Ciri Umum:Tujuan Komunikatif Teks: Menerangkan proses-proses yang

terjadi dalam pembentukan atau kegiatan yang terkait dengan fenomena alam, dunia ilmiah, sosial-budaya, atau lainnya yang bertujuan menjelaskan.

Struktur Teks/Generic structure A general statement; Penjelasan umum A sequenced explanation of why or

how something occurs; Penjelasan proses

Penutup.Ciri Kebahasaan: Menggunakan; general dan abstract nouns, misalnya

word chopping, earthquakes; action verbs; simple present tense; passive voice; conjunctions of time dan cause; noun phrase, misalnya the large cloud; abstract nouns, misalnya the

temperature; adverbial phrases; complex sentences; bahasa teksni; kalimat pasif

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/what-is-hortatory-exposition.html

http://www.ictteachers.co.uk/

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/02/why-summer-daylight-is-longger-than.html

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/02/why-summer-daylight-is-longger-than.html

2. Generic Structure of Hortatory Exposition1. Thesis2. Arguments3. Recommendation

3. Language Feature of Hortatory Exposition1. Focusing on the writer2. Using abstract noun; policy, advantage, etc3. Using action verb4. Using thinking verb5. Using modal adverb; certainly, surely, etc6. Using temporal connective; firstly, secondly, etc7. Using evaluative words; important, valuable, trustworthy, etc8. Using passive voice9. Using simple present tense


Thesis In all discussion over the removal of lead from petrol ( and the atmosphere), there doesn’t seem to have been any mention of the diffence between driving in the city and in the country.

Arguments While I realise my leaded petrol car is polluting the air wherever I drive, I feel that when you travel through the country,where you only see another car every five to ten minutes,the problem is not as severe as when traffic is concentrated on city roads.Those who want to penalise older , leaded petrol vehicles and their owners donn’t seem to appreciate thet in the country there is no public transport to fall back upon and ones own vehicle is the only way to get about.

Recomendation I feel that country people, who often have to travel huge distances to the nearest town and who already spend a great deal of money on petrol,should be treated differently to the people who live in the city

Example of Hortatory Exposition

A. Watch your Kids While Watching TVTelevision becomes one of the most important devices which takes place in almost

houses. It can unite all members of the family as well as separate them. However, is it important to know what your kids are watching? The answer is, of course, absolutely "Yes" and that should be done by all parents. Television can expose things you have tried to protect the children from, especially violence, pornography, consumerism and so on.



Recently, a study demonstrated that spending too much time on watching TV during the day or at bedtime often cause bed-time disruption, stress, and short sleep duration.

Another research found that there is a significant relationship between the amount of time spent for watching television during adolescence and early adulthood, and the possibility of being aggressive.

Meanwhile, many studies have identified a relationship between kids who watch TV a lot and being inactive and overweight.

Considering some facts mentioning above, protect your children with the following tips: Limit television viewing to one-two hours each day Do not allow your children to have a TV set in their own bedrooms Review the rating of TV shows which your children watch Watch television with your children and discuss what is happening in the show

Notes on the Generic Structure of this Hortatory Exposition exampleFirstly, we have to always remember that the social function of hortatory exposition text is driving the readers to act like the writer thought as stated in the text. Then the purpose of this hortatory is influencing and persuading the readers by presenting the supporting arguments. In many social activities, hortatory is applied for writing recommended thought, sales letter, advertising, speech campaign, and news advertorial. Thesis: The writer's thought is presented as thesis which is proven with several arguments. In the first paragraph, the writer points his thought about the importance of accompanying children while they are watching TV show. It is important to protect the children from the bad influences of TV show.Arguments: The next paragraphs show the writer arguments in supporting his thesis. It is supported by various researches that there are a great relationship between watching TV and the watcher's personality. One study describes that much time in watching TV can cause bed-time disruption. The others show the possibility of becoming an aggressive character because of watching television too much.Recommendation: After stating the thesis and proving with various arguments, the text is completed with the writer's recommendation on how the parents should protect the children from the bed effect of watching TV.Basically, both hortatory and analytical exposition have the similar position. Both take place as argumentative essays. Both show how important idea of the writer to be known. However the last paragraph of the essay usually make the difference from hortatory and analytical exposition. If it is a hortatory text, it will be ended with a strong recommendation while for analytical exposition, it will be closed with restatement of the writer's first paragraph.

B. More Dust Bins is Cleaner; example of hortatory


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/07/more-dust-bins-is-cleaner-example-of.html

To improve comfort and cleanliness at the school, there should be an increasing number of dust bins.

When we look at classroom, school corridors and schoolyard, there papers, mineral water cops, straws, and napkin everywhere. The condition of unseemliness really hinders learning and teaching environment. They can be filled out with water coming from the rain. This can be placed for mosquito to spread out.

Anyway I notice that most of the students have responsibilities for their school environment. They put their litter on the proper place but some of them are not diligent enough to find the dust bins. The numbers of the dust bins in the school are not enough. More dust bins should be put beside each step, outside of the classrooms and some along of the corridors. Probably one dust bin should be in every ten meters. So when students want to throw away their litters, they can find the dust bins easily.

When school is equipped with sufficient dust bins, students do not have problem of discomfort any more. So provide more dust bins and school will be very clean and become a very nice place to study.

C. Where should be after High School?; a hortatory text The National examination result will be publicly enounced in next short time.

Euphoria will flood for those who get success. In the other hand, It will be sorry to hear that there are some of them do not succeed in their national final examination. For those who succeed soon will think to decide; where will they be after graduating high school? Actually it will be easy to decide for those has been arranged and thought earlier but for those have not planed yet, it will be quite confusing.

Continuing study or looking for work is the primary choice among them. When they think about continuing study, they will think hard about the time and cost. How long the higher study will last? And how high is about the cost. In the same way, when they think about straightly seeking job, what skill and competence they have got is a big matter of questioning. So, doing both choices in the same time is an alternative.

Continuing study as well as seeking job is possibly done but it will be hard for them. Conventionally studying in the university needs much time to spend especially in the first year. It is true because they have to do and adapt a lot of things in their new higher school. it will be very hard to looking for job. Therefore it should come to their mind of continuing studying at higher school from their own home. As result, the available time will be more flexible for them. Then it will be very possible to seek job and get the appropriate one. This type of studying is publicly known as distance learning.

As the alternative method of studying, besides the conventional studying which students and the lecturer have to meet in the fixed time and place regularly, distance learning provides possibility to grow better. Possibly working and studying surely will create high quality graduate. Distance learning should appear as a considerable choice for them.


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/06/where-should-be-after-high-school.html

D. Millions from Property Market; a hortatory exposition text

Dear friend,Are you tired of the daily grind? Sick of working

all hours of the day for litle reward? Tired of having enough money to really enjoy yourself? Well, now there is a way out.

We can show the way to give up work. Sit back and make millions for yourself and your loved ones on property market.

Albert Smith felt just like you untill he read our leaflet. Now he drives a sport car arround the South of France and his wife has one of her own too.

Generic Structure AnalyseThesis; there is a way out of financial problem.Argument; Albert Smith is the proof.Recommendation; Join property market !Language Feature AnalysisUsing abstract noun; rewardUsing action verb; give up, make, etcUsing thinking verb; feltUsing simple present tense; are you tired?, he drives a sport car, etc

10. Report Text

What is Report?

1. Definition of ReportReport is a text which presents information about something, as it is. It is as a result of systematic observation and analysis

2. Generic Structure of Report1. General classification: Stating classification of

general aspect of thing; animal, public place, plant, etc which will be discussed in general

2. Description: Describing the thing which will be discussed in detail; part per part , customs or deed for living creature and usage for materials

3. Language Feature of Report• Introducing group or general aspect• Using conditional logical connection; when, so, etc


Small NotesHortatory Exposition (eksposisi hortatory)

Ciri Umum:(a) Tujuan Komunikatif Teks

(Communicative Purpose)Memaparkan dan mempengaruhi audience (pendengar/pembaca) bahwa seharusnya demikian atau tidak demikian .

(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure Thesis; Pernyataan isu yang

dipersoalkan Arguments: berupa alasan mengapa

ada keprihatinan, dan mengarah ke rekomendasi

Recomendation: pernyataan tentang bagaimana seharusnya atau tidak seharusnya

(c) Ciri kebahasaan menggunakan: Abstrac nouns,misalnya

policy,government dsb. Technical verbs, misalnya species of

animals,dsb. Relating verbs, misalnya should be,

doesn’t seem to have been , dsb. Action verbs, misalnya, we must

save, dsb. Thinking verbs, misalnya I believe ,

dsb. Modal verbs, misalnya We must

preserve, dsb. Modal adverbs, misalnya

certainly,we, dsb. Connectives, misalnya firstly,

secondly, dsb. Simple present tense Bahas evaluatif, misalnya important,

valuable, dsb. Kalimat pasif (passive voice)

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/03/millions-from-property-hortatory.html

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/03/millions-from-property-hortatory.html

• Using simple present tense


THE PELICAN REPORT

General Clasification

The white pelican is one of the most successful fish-eating birds.

Description The success is largely due to its command hunting behaviour. A group, perhaps two dozen birds, will gather in a curved arc some distance offshore. The birds then begin to move forward towards the shore, beating the water furiously with their wings, driving the fish before them.

When the water is shallow enough for the birds to reach the fish, the formation breaks up as each bird dips its bill into the water to scoop up its meal. As the bird lifts its head, the water drains from its bill leaving the fish which are then swallowed.

Pelicans are among the oldest group of birds, Fossils of this genus have been found dating back 40 million years.

Example of Report Text

A. Platypus; a report text Many people call platypus duckbill because this animal has a bill like duckbill.

Platypus is a native Tasmania and southern and eastern Australia.Platypus has a flat tail and webbed feet. Its body length is 30 to 45 cm and covered

with a thick, and woolly layer of fur. Its bill is detecting prey and stirring up mud. Platypus' eyes and head are small. It has no ears but has ability to sense sound and light.

Platypus lives in streams, rivers, and lakes. Female platypus usually dig burrows in the streams or river banks. The burrows are blocked with soil to protect it from intruders and flooding. In the other hand, male platypus does not need any burrow to stay.

Analyzing on the TextGeneric Structure analysisGeneral classification; stating general classification, the animal of platypus.Description; describing in detail characterization of platypus' body and habitual lifeLanguage Feature AnalysisFocusing in group; the animal of platypusconditional, logical connective; but, in the other hand


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/platypus-report-text-2.html


Simple present tense pattern; Platypus lives in streams, male platypus does not need any burrow, etc

Small Notes

Report

Ciri Umum:


Menyampaikan informasi tentang sesuatu, apa adanya, sebagai hasil pengamatan sistematis atau analisis. Yang dideskripsikan dapat meliputi gajala alam, lingkungan, benda buatan manusia, atau gejala-gejala sosial. Deskripsi sebuah teks report dapat berupa simpulan umum, misalnya, ikan paus termasuk binatang mamalia karena ikan tersebut melahirkan anaknya.


General Clasification; Pernyataan umum yang menerangkan subjek laporan, keterangan, dan klasifikasinya.

Description:tells what the phenomenon under discussion ; in terms of parts, qualities, habits or behaviors; Gambaran dari fenomena yang akan didiskusikan seperti bagian – bagiannya, kebiasaan atau tingkah laku jika benda hidup, kegunaannya jika non natural.


Menggunakan:

general nouns, seperti ‘Reptiles in Comodo Insland’, dsb. relating verbs untuk menjelaskan ciri, misalnya reptiles are scaly animals (ciri ini berlaku untuk semua

reptilia), dsb.

action verbs dalam mejelaskan perilaku, misalnya lizards cannot fly, dsb.

present tense untuk menyatakan suatu yang umum, misalnya Komodo dragons usually weight more than 160 kg, dsb.

istilah teknis, misalnya water contains oxygen and hydrogen, dsb.

paragraf dengan topik sentence untuk menyusun sejumlah informasi.

11. Spoof Text

What is Spoof?

1. Definition and Social Function of SpoofSpoof is a text which tells factual story, happened in the past time with unpredictable and funny ending. Its social function is to entertain and share the story.


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/what-is-spoof_31.html

2. Generic Structure of Spoof1. Orientation2. Events3. Twist

3. Language Feature of Spoof1. Focusing on people, animals or certain things2. Using action verb; ate, ran, etc3. Using adverb of time and place4. Told in chronological order


Penguin In The Park

Pengenalan Once a man was walking in a park when he came across a penguin.

Kejadian/peristiwa/ kegiatan 1

He took him to a policeman and said, ‘ I have just found this penguin. What should I do?’ The policeman replied, ‘ take him to the zoo’.

Kejadian/peristiwa/ kegiatan 2

The next day the policeman saw the same man in the same park and the man was still carrying the penguin with him. The policeman was rather surprised and walked up to the man and asked, ‘Why are you still carrying that penguin about? Didn’t you take it to the zoo? ‘

‘I certainly did,’ replied the man.

Twist (Akhir yang lucu)

‘ and it was a great idea because he really enjoyed it, so today I’m taking him to the moviest!

Example of Spoof text

A. “That Phone is Off” Soon after he left college, Dave found one of his uncles who was very rich and had

no children of his own died and left him a lot of money, so he decided to set up his own real estate agency.

Dave found a nice office. He bought some new furniture and moved in. he had only been there for e few hours when he heard someone coming toward the door of his office.

“It must be my first customer” Dave thought. He quickly picked up the telephone and pretended to be very busy answering an important call from someone in New York who wanted to buy a big and expensive house in the country.

The man knocked at the door while this was going on. He came in and waited politely for Dave to finish his conversation on the phone. Then the man said to Dave; “I am from the telephone company and I was sent here to connect your telephone”


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/07/that-phone-is-off-example-of-spoof.html


Notes on the Spoof’s Generic StructureOrientation: Dave was a lucky man. He suddenly became a very rich man because of the death of his rich uncle who had no children. He inherited his uncle’s money.Event 1: Being rich, he wanted to set up his estate companyEvent 2: He had his new office. In his office, he pretended to be a very successful businessman. He acted as had an important client. He showed by making conversation on the phone.Twist: The man whom he showed is a telephone technician. He came to Dave’s office to connect that phone.

B. Saved by Stilts The king wanted to test Abu Nawas’

smartness. So he invited Abu Nawas to the palace. “You want me, your Majesty?” greeted Abu Nawas.

“Yes, you have fooled me three times and that’s too much. I want you to leave the country. Otherwise you will have to go to jail” said the king. “If that is what you want, I will do what you said” said Abu Nawas sadly. Then “Remember, from tomorrow you may not step on the ground of this country anymore” the king said seriously. Then Abu nawas left the king palace sadly.

The following morning the king ordered his two guards to go to Abu Nawas’ house. The guards were very surprised found Abu Nawas still in his house. He had not left the country yet. Instead leaving the country, Abu Nawas was swimming in small pool in front of his house. “Hey Abu Nawas, why haven’t you left this country yet? The king ordered you not to step on the ground of this country anymore, didn’t he?” said the guards. “Sure he did” answered Abu Nawas calmly. “But look at me! Do I step on the ground of this country? No, I do not step on the ground. I am swimming on the water” continued Abu Nawas.

The guards were not able to argue with Abu Nawas so they left Abu Nawas’ house and went back to the palace. The guards reported what they had seen to the king. The


Small NotesSpoof (Laporan kejadian atau peristiwa lucu)Ciri Umum:


Menceritakan kejadian, peristiwa aneh atau lucu berdasarkan kejadian atau peristiwa dalam kehidupan nyata yang bertujuan menghibur, yang biasa diakhiri dengan sesuatu yang tidak diharapkan (twist).


Pengenalan;

Kejadian/peristiwa/kegiatan 1;

Kejadian/peristiwa/kegiatan 2;

Twist (akhir yang tidak terduga atau lucu).


Terfokus pada orang, binatang, benda tertentu;

Menggunakan action verbs, misalnya eat, run;

Menggunakan keterangan waktu dan tempat;

Menggunakan past tense;

Disusun sesuai dengan urutan

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/06/saved-by-stilts-spoof-text.html

king was curious on Abu Nawas’ excuse not to leave the country. Therefore the king ordered his guard to call Abu Nawas to come to the palace.

Abu Nawas came to the palace on stilts. The king wondered and said “Abu, I will surely punish you because you haven’t done what I have said. You have not left this country”. The King continued “And now, look at you. You walk on stilts like a child. Are you crazy? The king pretended to be furious.

“I remember exactly what you said, Your Majesty” Abu Nawas answered calmly. “This morning I took a bath in the small pool in my house so that I had not to step on the ground. And since yesterday, I have been walking on this stilts. So you see, Your Majesty, I do not step on the ground of this country”. The king was not able to say anything.

(Adapted from S. Harianto’s Abu Nawas and King Aaron)

Generic Structure AnalysisOrientation: Introducing Abu Nawas and the King on the counteracts about leaving and staying in the countryEvent 1: Abu Nawas was swimming on the poolEvent 2: Abu Nawas was walking on the stiltsTwister: Abu Nawas explained that swimming in the pool and walking on the stilts meant not stepping on the ground of the country

C. Private Conversation Last week I went to the theatre. I had a very good seat. The play was very

interesting.I did not enjoy it. A young man and a young woman were sitting behind me. They were talking very loudly.I got very angry. I could not hear the actors. I turned around. I looked at the man and the young woman angrily. They did not pay any attention.In the end, I could not bear it. I turned around again. “I could not hear a word” I said angrily.“It’s none of your business” the young man said rudely. “This is a private conversation”

(From: English New Concept)

Generic Structure AnalysisOrientation: introducing a writes as point of view “I” which is in a theatre last weekEvent 1: the other theatregoers, young man and young woman, were talking noisily.Event 2: the writer used physical language by turning around to the young man and young woman talk to not to make noisy.Event 3: the write used verbal language by saying “I could not hear a word”.Twister: the young man misunderstood the writer’s word and said; “It’s none of your business. It’s a private conversation”.

D. Nasreddin’s Coat


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/05/nasreddins-coat-spoof-text.html

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/05/private-conversation-spoof-text.html

One day Nasreddin had been invited to the dinner party. He went to the party by wearing old clothes.

When he arrived in the party, nobody looked at him and nobody gave him a seat. He got no food in the party so he went home and change his clothes

Next he put on his best clothes. He wore his newest coat and went to the party again. The host at once got up and came to meet him. The host offered him the best table and gave him a good seat and served him the best food

Nasreddin sat and put off his coat. He put his coat and said; “Eat the food, Coat!” the hosts and guests were very surprised and asked Nareddin; “What are doing?” Nasreddin replied calmly; “When I came here with my old clothes, nobody looked at me. Then I went home and put on my best clothes. I came back in my newest coat and you all give me this best food and drink. So, you give food to my coat instead of me”. Getting Nasreddin's answer, they just shook the head.

Generic Structure AnalysisOrientation: one day, Nasreddin was invited to a dinner partyEvent 1: He was in the party with his old clothEvent 2: He was in the party with his best newest coatTwist: Among the hosts and guests, he aske his coat to eat the served food

E. Penguin in the Park Once a man was walking in a park when he across a penguin. He took it to a

policeman and said; "What should I do?" The policeman replied; "Take it to the zoo!".The next day, the policeman saw the man in the same park. The man was still

carrying the penguin. The policeman was rather surprised and walked up to the man and asked; "Why are you still carrying the penguin? Didn't you take it to the zoo?" The man replied; "I certainly did. And it was a great idea because the penguin really enjoyed it. So, today I am taking it to the movie".

Analyzing the TextGeneric Structure AnalysisOrientation;introducing participants: "He" and Penguin. They were in the parkEvent1; The man tended to take the penguin to the parkEvent; The following day, the man were still carrying the penguinTwist; Even, finally the man would take the penguin to the moviesLanguage Feature AnalysisFocusing on certain certain participants; He, penguin, policemanUsing action verb; carry, walk upUsing adverb of time and place; once, in the parkTold in chronological order; chronological order by days, the next day


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/02/penguin-in-park-spoof-text.html

12. Recount Text

What is Recount?

1. Definition of RecountRecount is a text which retells events or experiences in the past. Its purpose is either to inform or to entertain the audience. There is no complication among the participants and that differentiates from narrative

2. Generic Structure of Recount1. Orientation: Introducing the participants, place and time2. Events: Describing series of event that happened in the past3. Reorientation: It is optional. Stating personal comment of the writer to the story

3. Language Feature of Recount• Introducing personal participant; I, my group, etc• Using chronological connection; then, first, etc• Using linking verb; was, were, saw, heard, etc• Using action verb; look, go, change, etc• Using simple past tense


Our trip to the Blue Mountain

Orientation On Friday we went to the Blue Mountains. We stayed at David and Della’s house. It has a big garden with lots of colourful flowers and a tennis court.

Events On Saturday we saw the Three Sisters and went on the scenic railway. It was scary. Then, Mummy and I went shopping with Della. We went to some antique shops and I tried on some old hats.On Sunday we went on the Scenic Skyway and it rocked. We saw cockatoos having a shower.

Reorientation In the afternoon we went home.

Example of Recount text

A. Vacation to London Mr. Richard’s family was on vacation. They are Mr. and Mrs. Richard with two sons.

They went to London. They saw their travel agent and booked their tickets. They went to


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/10/vacation-to-london-clear-example-of.html


the British Embassy to get visas to enter Britain. They had booked fourteen days tour. This includes travel and accommodation. They also included tours around London

They boarded a large Boeing flight. The flight was nearly fourteen hours. On the plane the cabin crews were very friendly. They gave them news paper and magazine to read. They gave them food and drink. There was a film for their entertainment. They had a very pleasant flight. They slept part of the way.

On arrival at Heathrow Airport, they had to go to Customs and Immigration. The officers were pleasant. They checked the document carefully but their manners were very polite. Mr. Richard and his family collected their bags and went to London Welcome Desk. They arranged the transfer to a hotel.

The hotel was a well-known four-star hotel. The room had perfect view of the park. The room had its own bathroom and toilet. Instead of keys for the room, they inserted a key-card to open the door. On the third floor, there was a restaurant serving Asian and European food. They had variety of food.

The two week in London went by fast. At the end of the 14-day, they were quite tired but they felt very happy.

B. Between Recount and Narrative Something which happened in the past is the main

resource to compose both recount and narrative text. In writer's point of view, the thing is an experience. It can be what the writer has done, hear, read, and felt. Composing recount and narrative is retelling the experiences of the past event to be a present event.

What does recount differ from narrative?The easiest way to catch the difference is analyzing the

generic structure. Recount text presents the past experiences in order of time or place; what happened on Sunday, then on Monday, the on Tuesday. In simple way, recount describes series of events in detail. It does not expose the struggle on how to make them happen. The event happened smoothly. On the other hand, narrative introduces crises and how to solve them. Narrative text always appear as a hard potrait of participant's past experience. It reveals the conflict among the participants. Cinderella's conflicts with her step mother and


Small NotesRecount (Laporan peristiwa, kejadian atau kegiatan masa lampau)

Ciri Umum(a) Tujuan Komunikatif Teks:

Melaporkan peristiwa, kejadian atau kegiatan dengan tujuan memberitakan atau menghibur.

(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure Orientation; Pengenalan, yaitu

memberikan informasi tentang siapa, di mana dan kapan;

Events; Rekaman peristiwa, kejadian atau kegiatan yang terjadi, yang biasanya disampaikan dalam urutan kronologis;Komentar pribadi dan/atau ungkapan penilaian;

Reorientation; Pengenalan ulang yang merangkum rentetan peristiwa, kejadian atau kegiatan.


nouns dan pronouns sebagai kata ganti orang, hewan atau benda yang terlibat, misalnya David, the monkey, we dsb.

action verbs atau kata kerja tindakan, misalnya go, sleep, run dsb.

past tense, misalnya We went to the zoo; She was happy dsb.

conjunctions dan time connectives yang mengurutkan peristiwa, kejadian atau kegiatan, misalnya and, but, then, after that, dsb.

adverbs dan adverb phrases untuk mengungkap tempat, waktu dan cara, misalnya yesterday, at my house, slowly dsb.

adjectives untuk menerangkan nouns, misalnya beautiful, funny, dsb.

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/04/betwee-recount-and-narrative-text.html

sister are the example. The conflict is the most important element in a narrative text. Narrative without comflicts is not narrative any more.

C. Visiting Bali There were so many places to see in Bali that my friend decided to join the tours to

see as much as possible. My friend stayed in Kuta on arrival. He spent the first three days swimming and surfing on Kuta beach. He visited some tour agents and selected two tours. The first one was to Singaraja, the second was to Ubud.

On the day of the tour, he was ready. My friend and his group drove on through mountains. Singaraja is a city of about 90 thousands people. It is a busy but quiet town. The street are lined with trees and there are many old Dutch houses. Then they returned very late in the evening to Kuta.

The second tour to Ubud was a very different tour. It was not to see the scenery but to see the art and the craft of the island. The first stop was at Batubulan, a center of stone sculpture. There my friend watched young boys were carving away at big blocks of stone. The next stop was Celuk, a center for silversmiths and goldensmiths. After that he stopped a little while for lunch at Sukawati and on to mass. Mass is a tourist center

My friend ten-day-stay ended very quickly beside his two tour, all his day was spent on the beach. He went sailing or surfboarding every day. He was quiet satisfied.

D. My Horrible Experience Let me remind you my experience during an earthquake last week. When the

earthquake happened, I was on my car. I was driving home from my vocation to Bali.Suddenly my car lunched to one side, to the left. I thought I got flat tire. I did not

know that it was an earthquake. I knew it was an earthquake when I saw some telephone and electricity poles falling down to the ground, like matchsticks.

Then I saw a lot of rocks tumbling across the road. I was trapped by the rock. Even I could not move my car at all. There were rocks everywhere. There was nothing I could do but left the car and walked along way to my house, in the town.

When I reached my town, I was so surprised that there was almost nothing left. The earthquake made a lot of damage to my town. Although nothing was left, I thanked God that nobody was seriously injured.

Generic Structure AnalysisOrientation; introducing the participant, using first person point of view, I was on the car las week.Events; describing a series of event which happened. The car lunched to one side. Telephone and electricity poles was falling down, etc.Re-orientation; stating the writer's personal note. Thanking God because nobody was seriously injured.Language Feature Analysis• Using personal participant; I• Using chronological connectives; then, and, suddenly


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2007/12/my-horrible-experience-recount-text-1.html

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/03/visiting-bali-recount-text.html

• Using linking verb; was, were• Using action verb; moved, left, walked, made, etc• Using simple past tense pattern; earthquake happened, I was on the

car, my car lunched on one side, etc

E. My Grandpa’s Funeral in TorajaLast month my family and I went to Toraja to attend Grandpa’s funeral. It was my

first time to go to such a ceremony. We gathered there with our kin in the ceremony.Overall, the ceremony was quite elaborate. It took about a week. Several days

before the ceremony was done, grandpa’s body was kept in a series of houses arranged in a circular row around an open field called tongkonan. His corpse was dressed in a fi ne wearing.

The funeral was performed in two phases. First, we slaughtered the pigs and buffaloes, and then moved the corpse to face north. In this ceremony we wore black clothes. After that, the corpse was placed in a sandal wood coffin. Then, it was brought out of the house and placed on an open platform beneath the granary. Meanwhile, my uncle, my brother, and I prepared the wooden puppet and a funeral tower called lakian. The next phase of the ceremony was held in this place. The coffin is borne from the house and placed in the lakian. During the day, there were also buffalo matches. They were great matches. In the night, we were feasting, chanting, and dancing.

On the last day, the grandpa’s coffin were lowered from the funeral tower and brought up to the mountain side family graveyard. It was followed by great shouting and excitement from the relatives and the guests. Finally, we installed the wooden puppet on a high balcony where other puppets representing the members of a whole family were already there. The funeral ceremonies made my family and me tired. However, we were grateful because it ran smoothly.

Questions1. When did the writer attend the funeral?2. How long did the writer and his family hold the ceremony?3. What did they do to the corpse before the funeral was done?4. What did they do after the corpse was placed in a sandal wood coffi n?5. What did they do on the last day of the ceremony?

Notes:A recount text is a text that tells you a part of experience. A recount text has an orientation, a series of events in chronological order, personal remarks on the events and a reorientation that “rounds off” the sequence of events. In the text, you find words and phrases used to


start, connect a sentence with the next one, and end your composition. Those words and phrases are:• First,• Then,• After that,• Finally,

13. Review Text

What is review text

1. DefinitionReview is one of text genres. This classification of text types is commonly based on the structure which used by the writer to compose his text. Each text type will have different form of generic structure. As I said in my previous post, review text usually has generic structure as:

2. Generic StructureIntroduction: it is the highlight of the general description about what will be reviewed. It can be product, services which want to be sold, or just a site which want to be known publicly. Then it will drive more traffic into the site.Evaluation: the second phase is coming inside into the product in details. It states the parts, uniqueness, quality of the product which will be known publicly. However too much detail description will “teach” the will-buyer and it does not sound good. Evaluating as far as necessary for the targeted buyer is more genuine. The term of evaluation will not be far from simple word of good or bad. In this phase reviewer will apply much evaluative word, valuable, useful, worthy, etc.Interpretation: after writing about the objective thing of the product, it is the time for reviewer to write about what he thinks or impresses on the product. Of course this phase can be done after getting enough evaluation on the product. It is personal idea about the product. Frequently to support and strengthen his idea or impression, a reviewer describes a comparison to other similar product. He states in which side the product has additional value or honestly admitted that the product lacks value in certain side.Summary: this phase is recommending conclusion for reader of the product. After clearly explanation, a reviewer will make a final comment whether the product is valuable or not for targeted buyer. This phase is the worth of the review for reader.

3. Dominant Language features:1. Focus on specific participants 2. Using adjectives


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/06/structuring-product-review-text.html

3. Using long and complex clauses 4. Using metaphor


Harry Potter: Order of the Phoenix

Pengenalan / Orientasi

I absolutely love the Harry Potter series, and all of the books will always hold a special place in my heart.

Evaluasi 1 I have to say that of all of the books, however, this was not my favorite.

Evaluasi 2 When the series began it was as much of a "feel good" experience as a huge mug of hot cocoa. The stories were bright, fast-paced, intriguing, and ultimately satisfying.

Tafsiran (Interpretative recount)

Order of the Phoenix is a different kind of book. In some instances this works...you feel a whole new level of intensity and excitement by the time you get to the end. I was truly moved by the last page. Other times the book just has a slightly dreary, depressing feel. The galloping pace of the other books has slowed to a trot here, and parts of it do seem long, as if we're reading all about Harry "just hanging out" instead of having his usual adventures. Reading in detail about Harry cleaning up an old house, for example - housekeeping is still housekeeping, magical or no, and I'm not very interested in doing it or reading about other people doing it. A few other changes in this book - the "real" world comes much more in to play rather than the fantasy universe of the previous books, and Harry has apparently been taken off his meds. I know that he had a lot to be grumpy in this book, especially with being a teenager and all, but the sudden change in his character seemed too drastic. He goes from being a warm-hearted, considerate person to someone who will bite his best friend's heads off over nothing. It just seemed like it didn't fit with his character, like he turned into a walking cliché of the "angry teen" overnight.

Rangkuman The "real" story seemed to happen in the last 1/3 of the book, and this part I loved. I actually liked the ending (and yes, I cried!) as sad as it was. It packed a punch and it made me care about the story even more. Still a really good book, with some editing it would have been great.

Example of Review text



A. Zenni Optical; a site for eyeglasses Eyeglasses will become more and more important. It is not only because for

protecting our eyes from the hot light but also for holding the trend. There are a lot of online sites which provides products of eyeglasses but Zenni Optical was on FOX news! is just the perfect one.

If we visit the site, we will easily catch various information about eyeglasses. The site is quite simple but very informative. It is real, easy and not complicated design. With quick loading this site will bring us quickly in to what we want.

There is information about Variable Dimension Frames From Zenni. Titanium, aluminum and rimless frame are available. The eyeglasses are designed for different users. Eyeglasses for children, woman and man are available choice. Again, what makes it different is this site gives the Great Eyeglasses For Less cost. The product can be sold in cheap price because it has cut the marketing link. It straightly goes to the end user.

B. Good Translation Translation is transferring not only words by word but also message to message. In

certain case, it will be quite difficult to make translation. How is to make good Arabic translation from English phrase of “as white as snow” meanwhile there is no snow in Arabian?

The basic requirement of a good translator is mastering resource and target language with all non-linguistic aspect . If he is an English translator and wants to make Hindi translation, he should understand well the language and aspect of India. Similarly, if he works with Farsi translation, he has to be familiar with linguistics and non-linguistics of Farsian.

However, translation providers can bridge that difficulty. The translation experts, such as India translation will help to fix the problem. The experts who have grammatical, lexical, sociolinguistics specialization will match in transferring the message from one language to another language.

C. Recording Mommy Journey Life itself is a journey. For Rosemarie, a pretty young Filipino single mother for 2-

year kid, the daily activities are worthily documented. The site is her effort to record of what she did, does and will do daily.


http://www.prettysinglemom.com/

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/05/recording-mommy-journey.html






http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/05/good-translation.html

http://zennioptical.com/





The site consists of several topic; family, motherhood, shopping, money, love fashion and shopping. These topics are close related to her own life. She is not only young but also pretty and she has a kid. These topics will be useful to her. Rosemarie is also interested with making money, internet, business, computer, loan and other interesting stuff. She is a widely knowledge mom.

The template design of her site is very girly, pink centered. She has arranged her site very attractive, fresh and bright. Again, this physical appearing site must represent her personal mood because she is a young and pretty mom. I like this site and you, young mothers, surely will like the site too.

D. Good Young Mother It is about a young mother. It has a title of yummy mummy.

This blog is representative of her idea of becoming young mother. He pours her thought and opinion on this blog in relating her position of a mother of kid and a wife of a husband. Beside that, she is trying to monetizing it

This blog has fresh physical appearance. She choose green border of her template. She is young therefore she has to have a blog look fresh and energetic. She looks to have strong care to her baby that is why we find her monthly calendar of feeding milk to her baby attaches on the header of the blog.

She is not only a good mother for her baby but also a good wife for her husband. She expresses it in her post labeled wedding anniversary. It is a romantic scene. In the last she is monetizing this blog. It must help her husband support financially the family. It is really a reference blog for every young mother and wife.

E. Recommended Software Applications Software application have grown to their density. A lot of softwares have been

offered to us. They claim that they are the best product. A buyer is really a king. He/she has so many choices to select which he/she likes most. In one side, this phenomenon present us comparable software products but, in the other hands, it make us complicated to choose.

Due to this complex phenomenon of consumer, a review site is necessary. It will be a recommending bridge between consumer and producer. A good reviewer will place hes/her self in the middle arena. He/she will not tend to specially software producer or absolutely consumer. He/she just presents the real description of the product. He/she will observes to find the good and bad side of the product. In the last, he/she will recommends whether the reviewed products deserve to choose or not. That is really helpful for consumer.


Review (Ulasan atau tinjauan)


Melakukan kritik terhadap peristiwa atau karya seni untuk pembaca atau pendengar halayak ramai, misalnya film, pertunjukan, buku, dll.

(b) Struktur Teks: Pengenalan;(orientation) Evaluasi 1; Evaluasi 2; Tafsir;(Interpretive) Evaluasi 3; Evaluasi 4, dsb. Jika ada; Rangkuman.(Evaluative

Summation)(c) Ciri Kebahasaan:

Terfokus pada partisipan tertentu;Menggunakan:

adjectives menunjukkan sikap, seperti bad, good;

klausa panjang dan kompleks;

metafor.

http://fucc.blogspot.com/

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/04/recommended-software-applications.html

http://www.christineanthony.blogspot.com/

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/04/good-young-mother.html

14. Writing job application letters

The job application letter's sole purpose is to get the recipient to read your CV. It should be clear, concise and straight to the point. Here you are simply telling the employer that you are worth having a look at.

The application letter should be brief, no more than one page in length. It should be easy to read and flow through. It should include only the absolute necessary information. Like most other things, there is a formula that works extremely well for preparing job application letters. Following we discuss each paragraph and give you some guidelines.

Addressing job application letters:

The style you choose is not important, there are many different styles of job applications and professional letters, this comes down to personal preference. However somewhere on the top, whether it is on the right or left hand sides, there should be your address and the date. Following this, on the left hand side you should address it. Ensure you include the name of the person, their title, company name, address and any position reference number. This is probably obvious, but ensure that you spell their name correctly, nothing worse than receiving a letter incorrectly addressed or misspelled. It gives a poor first impression.

The Introductory Paragraph:

The first paragraph should simply state why you are writing to them. If it is an advertised position, mention the position title and where it was advertised. If you are "cold calling" a company then you should specify that you are applying for any current or future employment opportunities.

An easy way to start this paragraph is with the following statement: " Please find enclosed my CV, which I am forwarding to you as an application for the position of......."

The main body of job application letters:

The main body of the letter should be two to three paragraphs at the most. Here is where you tell them what you have to offer and why they should read your CV. This is a good time to read the job advertisement again. In one paragraph (two at the most) you need to summarise your experience and skills, at the same time, you need to respond to the position requirements as per the advertisement.

Analyse your career and summarise it in a few sentences, highlight what you specialise in, or how many years in the industry you might have, or even the level that you have reached. This paragraph should direct the reader to your CV and should sell you on some unique points that you might have.


A good way to start this paragraph is with a statement like this: "You will see from my enclosed CV...." then go ahead and tell them something about your career which will immediately get their interest.

The next part of the body of the letter should be a brief description of your personal skills. Again read the advertisement and respond to their needs. If they are asking for someone with good co-ordination skills, then ensure you mention something to that effect. If it is communication or perhaps leadership skills they value, then tell them that you have these. Use adjectives like "demonstrated ability", "well developed", "strong".

Job Application Letters Closing Paragraph:

The closing paragraph should ask for some action from the recipient. This is where you ask for an interview. It should also state where and how they can reach you, and it should thank the recipient for giving you the opportunity to apply. You can include things like "should you require further information....." .

Finish the letter by adding a closing remark, either "yours sincerely", "yours faithfully' or whatever you feel comfortable with and obeying general letter writing etiquette. Leave a few spaces for your signature and then place your full name.

Before you mail the application letter, read it over again, making sure that it is perfect. Special attention should be placed to ensure the letter:

It is not too long. There are no grammar or spelling errors.

That you have answered the job requirements.

The application letter flows and is easy to read.

You might have to type and edit the letter many times before you are happy with it, but just remember that the job application letter is just as important as the CV itself. The letter should invite the recipient to read the resume, in turn the resume should raise enough interest for them to want to interview you. The Interview is where you will demonstrate your skills and abilities.

15. Similarities and differenties

A. The Differences between Report and Descriptive Text Some text types are quite difficult to differ. Such report and descriptive text

have the similarity in the social function and generic structure. However if they are analyzed carefully, the slight difference between the two text types will reveal.


http://www.engineers-international.com/careersinterview.html

http://www.engineers-international.com/careerscv.html

The purpose of the two texts are to give the live-description of the object/participant. Both the report and descriptive text try to show rather than tell the reader about the factual condition of the object. Readers by themselves will catch the impressive point of the object through that showing writing style. What make different, between report and descriptive text, is the scope of the written object. If we talk about, eg: bicycle, it belongs to report text. It will talk about bicycle in general; its parts, physical strengh, function for certain people or other general characters of bike. In the other hand, descriptive text will convey more focus, for example "my bicycle" with its specific characters; colour, lengh, wheel style, etc.

In short, report text describes the way of certain things and frequently refer to phenomenon of nature, animal and scientific object. Mostly, report is written after getting careful observation. This scientific and technical sense make clearer difference from descriptive text. The way of descriptive text in showing thing is based on the objective fact of the thing. It describe the specific thing simply as the thing is.

B. Between Explanation and Procedure Text Seeing the social function, both procedure and explanation texts have the

similarity in which both describe how to make or done something. They give the detail description on something, phenomena, goods, product case or problem.

To see the differences between explanation and procedure, we have to analyze the dominant language feature and how the texts are used.

Procedure, this text type is commonly called as instruction text. It uses pattern of commend in building the structure. It use the “to infinitive verb” which is omitted the “to”. It is a kind of instruction text which uses full commend verb. Procedure is commonly used to describe how to make something which is close to our daily activity. For example how to make a cup of tea, how to make a good kite, etc is the best example of the procedure text. It is such word; first boil water, secondly prepare the cup, and so on.

Explanation, it is commonly used the passive voice in building the text. Explanation is such a scientific written material. It describes how certain phenomenon or event happen. How a tornado form, how tsunami works are the best example of explanation text. It uses passive pattern in describing the topic.

C. Between Recount and Narrative Something which happened in the past is the main resource to compose both

recount and narrative text. In writer's point of view, the thing is an experience. It can be what the writer has done, hear, read, and felt. Composing recount and narrative is retelling the experiences of the past event to be a present event.

What does recount differ from narrative?The easiest way to catch the difference is analyzing the generic structure.

Recount text presents the past experiences in order of time or place; what happened


http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/04/betwee-recount-and-narrative-text.html

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/search/label/Explanation

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/search/label/Procedure

http://www.k-8visual.info/dLoad_ExplProc.html

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/11/between-explanation-and-procedure-text.html

on Sunday, then on Monday, the on Tuesday. In simple way, recount describes series of events in detail. It does not expose the struggle on how to make them happen. The event happened smoothly. On the other hand, narrative introduces crises and how to solve them. Narrative text always appear as a hard potrait of participant's past experience. It reveals the conflict among the participants. Cinderella's conflicts with her step mother and sister are the example. The conflict is the most important element in a narrative text. Narrative without comflicts is not narrative any more.

D. Between Explanation and Procedure Text Seeing the social function, both procedure and explanation texts have the

similarity in which both describe how to make or done something. They give the detail description on something, phenomena, goods, product case or problem.

To see the differences between explanation and procedure, we have to analyze the dominant language feature and how the texts are used.

Procedure, this text type is commonly called as instruction text. It uses pattern of commend in building the structure. It use the “to infinitive verb” which is omitted the “to”. It is a kind of instruction text which uses full commend verb. Procedure is commonly used to describe how to make something which is close to our daily activity. For example how to make a cup of tea, how to make a good kite, etc is the best example of the procedure text. It is such word; first boil water, secondly prepare the cup, and so on.

Explanation, it is commonly used the passive voice in building the text. Explanation is such a scientific written material. It describes how certain phenomenon or event happen. How a tornado form, how tsunami works are the best example of explanation text. It uses passive pattern in describing the topic.

16. A Complete Overview Of Tex Types

Based on generic structure and language feature dominantly used, texts are divided into several types. They are narrative, recount, descriptive, report, explanation, analytical exposition, hortatory exposition, procedure, discussion, review, anecdote, spoof, and news item. These variations are known as GENRES.




http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/search/label/Explanation

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/search/label/Procedure

http://www.k-8visual.info/dLoad_ExplProc.html

http://understandingtext.blogspot.com/2008/11/between-explanation-and-procedure-text.html

a) ANALYTICAL EXPOSITION

Purpose: To reveal the readers that something is the important case

Generic Structure:

1. Thesis

2. Arguments

3. Reiteration/Conclusion

Dominant Language Features:

1. Using modals

2. Using action verbs

3. Using thinking verbs

4. Using adverbs

5. Using adjective

6. Using technical terms

7. Using general and abstract noun

8. Using connectives/transition

b) ANECDOTE

Purpose: to share with others an account of an unusual or amusing incident

Generic Structure:

1. Abstract

2. Orientation

3. Crisis

4. Reaction

5. Coda.


1. Using exclamations, rhetorical question or intensifiers

2. Using material process

3. Using temporal conjunctions

c) DESCRIPTIVE

Purpose: To explain the processes involved in the formation or working of natural or socio-cultural phenomena.

Generic Structure:

1. General statement

2. Explanation

3. Closing


1. Using Simple Present Tense


3. Using passive voice

4. Using noun phrase

5. Using adverbial phrase



8. Using conjunction of time and cause-effect.

d) NARRATIVE

Purpose: To amuse/entertain the readers and to tell a story

Generic Structure:

1. Orientation

2. Evaluation

3. Complication

4. Resolution

5. Reorientation


1. Using Past Tense


2. Using action verb

3. Chronologically arranged

e) PROCEDURE

Purpose: to help readers how to do or make something completely

Generic Structure:

1. Goal/Aim

2. Materials/Equipments

3. Steps/Methods



2. Using Imperatives sentence

3. Using adverb


f) NEWS ITEM

Purpose: to inform readers about events of the day which are considered newsworthy or important

Dominant Generic Structure:

1. Newsworthy event(s)

2. Background event(s)

3. Sources


1. Short, telegraphic information about story captured in headline


3. Using saying verbs

4. Using adverbs : time, place and manner.

g) DISCUSSION

Purpose: to present information and opinions about issues in more one

side of an issue (‘For/Pros’ and ‘Against/Cons’)

Generic Structure:

1. Issue

2. Arguments for and against

3. Conclusion



2. Use of relating verb/to be

3. Using thinking verb


5. Using conjunction/transition

6. Using modality

7. Using adverb of manner

h) EXPLANATION

Purpose: to describe a particular person, place or thing in detail.

Dominant Generic Structure:

1. Identification

2. Description

Language Features:



3. Using adverb

4. Using special technical terms

i) HORTATORY EXPOSITION

Purpose: to persuade the readers that something should or should not be the case or be done

Generic Structure:

1. Thesis


2. Arguments

3. Recommendation

Dominant Language features:


2. Using modals


4. Using thinking verbs

5. Using adverbs

6. Using adjective



9. Using connectives/transition

Then what is the basic difference between analytical and hortatory exposition. In simple word. Analytical is the answer of "How is/will" while hortatory is the answer of "How should". Analytical exposition will be best to describe "How will student do for his examination? The point is the important thing to do. But for the question" How should student do for his exam?" will be good to be answered with hortatory. It is to convince that the thing should be done

j) REPORT

Purpose: to presents information about something, as it is.

Generic Structure

1. General classification

2. Description

Dominant Language Feature

1. Introducing group or general aspect

2. Using conditional logical connection


k) SPOOF

Purpose: to tell an event with a humorous twist and entertain the readers

Generic Structure:

1. Orientation

2. Event(s)

3. Twist


1. Using Past Tense


3. Using adverb

4. Chronologically arranged

l) RECOUNT

Purpose: to retell something that happened in the past and to tell a series of past event

Generic Structure:

1. Orientation

2. Event(s)

3. Reorientation


1. Using Past Tense


3. Using adjectives

Narrative and recount in some ways are similar. Both are telling something in the past so narrative and recount usually apply PAST TENSE; whether Simple Past Tense,


Simple Past Continuous Tense, or Past Perfect Tense. The ways narrative and recount told are in chronological order using time or place. Commonly narrative text is found in story book; myth, fable, folklore, etc while recount text is found in biography.

The thing that makes narrative and recount different is the structure in which they are constructed. Narrative uses conflicts among the participants whether natural conflict, social conflict or psychological conflict. In some ways narrative text combines all these conflicts. In the contrary, we do not find these conflicts inside recount text. Recount applies series of event as the basic structure

m) REVIEW

Purpose: to critique or evaluate an art work or event for a public audience

dominant Generic Structure:

1. Orientation

2. Evaluation

3. Interpretative Recount

4. Evaluation

5. Evaluative Summation

Dominant Language features:

1. Focus on specific participants

2. Using adjectives

3. Using long and complex clauses

4. Using metaphor

17. Bentuk Soal ReadingBEBERAPA pertanyaan yang diajukan dalam teks pada umumnya siswa dituntut

untuk dapat memberikan penjelasan seperti hal sebagai berikut:Apakah yang dimaksud dengan;1. TEXT adalah segala bentuk tulisan yang ada pada sebuah buku, artikel dll yang

mempunyai makna. Non-continuous text misalnya brosur, label, grafik, tabel, map, diagram dsb. Continuous text misalnya narrative, descriptive,exposition, spoof dsb.

2. PARAGRAPH adalah bagian dari sebuah tulisan/teks dan mungkin saja terdiri dari sebuah kalimat atau sekumpulan kalimat yang merupakan pengembangan dari pokok pikiran/main topic/main idea.

3. Kalimat yang menggambarkan main idea/pokok pikiran dari sebuah paragraph disebut TOPIC SENTENCE.

4. Topic sentence biasanya ada pada awal/akhir/kadang di tengah sebuah paragrap.5. Gambaran umum tentang isi bacaan bisa merupakan MAIN TOPIC atau MAIN IDEA.6. TOPIC dari sebuah paragrap/teks adalah subjek dari tulisan, sedangkan MAIN IDEA

adalah keterangan, penjelasan, uraian topic atau merupakan pendapat penulis tentang topic tulisannya.

7. Oleh karena itu pertanyaan tentang topic dari sebuah paragraph/text bisa tentang inti isi tulisan yang juga bisa merupakan judul.


8. Jika pertanyaan menanyakan ‘TOPIC’ maka jawaban ditulis dalam satu kata atau bentuk frasa, tetapi jika pertanyaan menanyakan tentang ‘MAIN IDEA’ maka jawaban ditulis dalam kalimat lengkap.

9. Yang dimaksud dengan ‘informasi tertentu/specific information’ adalah informasi yang tertera jelas dalam text, biasanya tentang nama, tempat, tanggal, tahun, dsb.

10. Yang dimaksud dengan ‘informasi tersirat’ adalah informasi yang tidak tertera jelas dalam text. Untuk dapat menjawab pertanyaan spt ini dibutuhkan keterampilan ‘reading between the lines’.

11. Frasa adalah rangkaian kata yang mempunyai makna.

Dibawah ini adalah macam-macam bentuk pertanyaan yang biasa ada dalam soal Reading: a) Menemukan gambaran umum/topic isi bacaan/teks.

Contoh pertanyaan : ∞ Which of the following is the most suitable title…?∞ What is the suitable topic of the passage?∞ The text mainly tells us about____.

b) Menemukan informasi tertentu/khusus dari bacaan.Contoh pertanyaan : ∞ When did she make her first solo flight? In…

c) Menemukan informasi rinci yang tersurat dari bacaan teks/dialog.Contoh : ∞ Which of the following requirements is not mentioned in the passage?∞ “They may be classified in several different ways…” ∞ The underlined word refers to ….

d) Menemukan informasi rinci yang tersirat dari bacaan teks/dialog.Contoh : ∞ Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text?∞ The following are TRUE about Maria EXCEPT…

e) Menentukan main idea yang tersurat/tersirat dari suatu paragrap.Contoh :∞ What is the main idea of the passage? ∞ The fourth paragraph tells us ____.

f) Menentukan makna kata, frasa dan kalimat berdasarkan konteks.Contoh : “Brownie is Chinese breed, it is small, fluffy. And cute.” The underlined word mean ____

g) Menentukan type text yang digunakan penulis.Contoh : What type text is used by the writer?The text above is in the form of _____.

h) Menentukan communicative purpose/tujuan kominikativ sebuah teksContoh :


The communicative putpose of the text above is ___.The purpose of the text is _____.

i) Menyusun kalimat dengan baik.Contoh : The best order of the sentences above is …The best arrangement of the sentences to make a good paragraph is …


EXERCISES;a) Analytical exposition

Dust BinTo improve comfort and cleanliness at our school, a number of dust bins should be increased.

When we look at classrooms, school corridors and school yard, there are paper mineral water cups, straws, and napkins here and there. The condition of uncleanliness and discomfort really hinders learning and teaching environment. Litters thrown carelessly cause disease, especially empty plastic cup or glasses. They can be filled out with water coming from the rain. This can be placed for dengue mosquitoes to spread out. Besides, these rubbish can deteriorate the scene. Well painted wall and green school yard do not mean anything litters are scattered everywhere.

Anyway I notice that most of the students in our school have responsibilities for the school environment. They put their litters on the proper places. But some are not diligent enough to find the dust bins. The numbers of dust binds in our schools are not enough. Ore dust bins should be put beside each of steps, outside of the classrooms, and some more also the corridors. Probably one dust bin should be in every ten meters. So when students want to throw away their litters, they can find the dust bins easily.

When school is equipped with sufficient dust bins, we do not have problems of freak and discomfort any more. Our school will be very clean and become a nice place to study.

1. What is the writer’s intention? To ….. readers to do something good.

a) informb) explainc) described) entertaine) persuade

2. According to the writer, more dust bins….. in every ten meters.

a) should be decoratedb) should be paintedc) should be placedd) are unnecessarye) are not required

3. What is the writer’s argument on a sufficient number of dust bins?

a) They can prevent littersb) They can save janitor’s energyc) Students are asked to clean

themd) They make school environment

neate) Students can throw garbage

away easily

4. What is the writer’s suggestion?

a) To buy more dustbinsb) To hire more gardenersc) To use dustbins efficientlyd) To ask parents to give more

dustbinse) To ask students to clean the

school yard

Learning English


Learning English through music and songs can be very enjoyable. You can mix pleasure with learning when you listen to a song and exploit the song as a means to your English progress. Some underlying reason can be drawn to support the idea why we use songs in language learning.

Firstly, “the song stuck in my head” Phenomenon (the echoing in our minds of the last song we heard after leaving a restaurant, shopping malls, etc) can be both enjoyable and sometimes unnerving. This phenomenon also seems to reinforce the idea that songs work on our short-and-long term memory.

Secondly, songs in general also use simple conversational language, with a lot of repetition, which is just what many learners look for sample text. The fact that they are effective makes them many times more motivating than other text. Although usually simple, some songs can be quite complex syntactically, lexically and poetically, and can be analyzed in the same way as any other literary sample.

Furthermore, song can be appropriated by listener for their own purpose. Most pop songs and probably many other types don’t have precise people, place or time reference.

In addition, songs are relaxing. They provide variety and fun, and encourage harmony within oneself and within one group. Little wonder they are important tools in sustaining culture, religion, patriotism and yeas, even revolution.

Last but not least, there are many learning activities we can do with songs such as studying grammar, practicing selective listening comprehension, translating songs, learning vocabulary, spelling and culture.

From the elaboration above, it can be concluded that learning through music and songs, learning English can be enjoyable and fun.

5. The type of the text above is …

a) Analytical expositionb) Hortatory expositionc) Narratived) Discussione) Explanation

6. What is the communicative purpose of the text?

a) To tell the reader about the songs

b) To entertain the reader with the songs

c) To show the reader the use of songs

d) To explain above the songse) To persuade the reader to use

songs in learning language

7. The generic structures of the text are ….

a) Thesis – arguments – recommendation

b) General statement – sequential explanation

c) Newsworthy events – background events – sources

d) Thesis – arguments – reiteratione) General statement – arguments

8. What is the text about ….

a) Learning songsb) Very enjoyable musicc) The phenomenond) Music listenerse) Using songs in language learning

9. Based on the text, there are …… reason for using songs in learning language

a) 6b) 4c) 5


d) 3e) 2

10.“They provide variety and fun, and encourage harmony within oneself and within one group.”

The underlined word refers to ….

a) Groupsb) Learnersc) Peopled) Songse) Activities

Smoking in RestaurantSmoking in restaurants is just not on. It must not be allowed because it is rude, harmful to

others and dangerous for the smokers.

Firstly, smoking in a restaurant is impolite. The smell of the smoke affects all people and can turn them off their food. People pay to taste good food and not to be put off by foul smelling smoke.

Another reason smoking should not be allowed in restaurant is the harm it can do to others. Passive smoking that is breathing in smoke made by a smoker can lead to asthma attacks and even cancer.

Finally, smoking is dangerous and a health risk to the smokers. Cigarettes cause heart and lung disease and people should not smoke anywhere, not just in restaurants.

Therefore, smoking in restaurants is impolite, harmful to others and a health risk to the smokers and should not be allowed in any restaurants.

11.Smoking in the restaurants must be avoided because……

a) It is harmful to othersb) It is impolitec) It’s dangerous to the smokersd) It can cause hearth and lung

diseasee) All answers are correct

12.We have many reasons to say that smoking must be avoided. The word reasons mean…..

a) conclusionb) point of viewc) argumentd) reinforcemente) statement

13.Since we can find a thesis, arguments and reiteration in the text, so we can conclude that this text belongs to…..

a) descriptionb) narration

c) anecdoted) proceduree) analytical exposition

14.What is the purpose of the text?

a) To inform the readers to the readers

b) To persuade to the readersc) To describe to the readersd) To tell a story to the readerse) To argue about smoking to the

readers

15.The synonym of the word dangerous in the text is……

a) rudeb) impolitec) health riskd) harmfule) disease

16.Smoking in restaurants is just not on. It must not be allowed because it is rude, harmful to others and dangerous for the smokers.


The sentence above characterize as….. of the text.

a) thesisb) argumentsc) reiterationd) topic sentencee) supporting details

17.Smoking in restaurant should not be allowed. It means that…..

a) people should do smoking in restaurant

b) people should not do smoking in restaurant

c) people must not smoking in restaurant

d) people must not smoke in restaurant

e) people should smoke in restaurant

The Importance of ReadingI personally think that reading is a very important activity in our life. Why do I say so? Firstly, by

reading we can get a lot of knowledge about many things in the world such as Science, technology. Sports, arts, culture, etc written in either books, magazine, newspaper, etc.

Secondly, by reading we can get a lot of news and information about something happening in any parts of the world which can we see directly.

Another reason, reading can give us pleasure too. When we are tired, we read books, newspaper or magazine on the entertainment coloumn such as comedy, short story, quiz, etc. To make us relaxed.

The last, reading can also take us to other parts of the world. By reading a book about Irian Jaya we may feel we’re really sitting in the jungles not at home in our rooms.

From the facts above, it’s obvious that everyone needs to read to get knowledge, information and also entertainment. Or in summary we can say reading is truly important in our life.

18.Why is reading very important in our life? Because…..

a) By reading, we can get a lot of friends, relatives, experience, etc.

b) By reading, we can get little knowledge but a lot of entertainment.

c) By reading, we are always relaxed.

d) By reading, we are always happy.

e) By reading we can get a lot of knowledge, news, information and entertainment

19.If we want to get knowledge, what should we do?

a) buy a lot of booksb) borrow a lot of books

c) look for newspaper and magazine

d) sell and buy many expensive books

e) Read a lot of books and other printed materials.

20.What does the text tell us about?

a) The description of readingb) The function of readingc) The importance of readingd) The disadvantages of readinge) The purpose of reading

21.What is the social function of the text?

a) To tell a storyb) To describe the readerc) To entertain the readerd) To give information


e) To persuade the reader

22.Paragraph…. In the text is the thesis.

a) 1

b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5




FUNCTIONAL SKILL

1. Offering HelpThere are a number of formulas used when offering help in English. Here are some of the most common:

May I help you? Can I help you?

Are you looking for something?

Would you like some help?

Do you need some help?

What can I do for you today?

Could I help you?

How can I be of assistance to you?

How can I be of help to you?

What can I help you - What can I do for you?

How can I assist you?

How can I help you?

Let me help you?

Do you want me to help you?

Shall I …?

Respond offering help

Receiving Refusing Yes please, Sure, Why not, Ofcourse, Certainly, I’d love to, It’s a good idea, That’s great.

No, thanks, Please don’t bother, I’d love to but…, That’s great but…

Some ways to offering help for meals and drinks:

Would you like…?, Would you care for …?, Why don’t you have…?, How about having …? May I offer you …?

Example:Offering Responses


- Would you like some bread? Yes, please.- Would you care for some coffee? No, thanks. I don’t drink coffee.- Why don’t you have some biscuit, please? Thanks, I’d love to.

2. Introducing your self and other people

Introducing your self Introducing people

I’d like to introduce myself. My I introduce myself? Let me introduce myself! I want to introduce myself

I’d like you to meet … (name) This is my friend/boss/etc…(name) Have you met…(name)? May I introduce you to

…(name/occupation) Let me introduce you to …. I want to introduce you to ….

1. This is my friend, Jack. Hi Jack. I'm Linda

my brother, Bob. my sister, Cindy. my father, Mr. Harris. my mother, Mrs. Harris. my teacher, Ms. Watson. my student, Carrie. my friend, Mary Jones. my boss, Mr. Ritter. my co-worker, Penny Pitcher.

2. Nice to meet you. Nice to meet you too. Pleased to meet you. Likewise. Very nice to meet you. And you.It's a pleasure to meet you.

How to introduce people (in formal situations)

Introducing yourself

I just wanted to introduce myself, I don't believe we've met before, I don't think we've actually met formally yet,

my name is...I'm...

Introducing someone else


I'd like to introduce you to… There's someone I'd like you to meet, this is… Have you met…?

Exercises:

Complete the following conversation with the correct expressions in the box. Hi, Retno. My name is Adib.

this is Retno. I’m Arnys.

Situation: Adib, Arnys, and Retno are new students. They meet at the students’ orientation course.Adib : Hi, Are you a new student?Arnys : Yes, I am. By the way, are you a new student, too?Adib : I’m a new student too. 1) ______________________Arnys : 2) _________________ Well, Adib, 3) __________________

She was my classmate in the Junior High School.Adib : 4) ________________ Nice to meet you?Retno : Nice to meet you too.Adib : Anyway, we still have half an hour before the class starts. Shall we go to the

canteen?, Arnys?Retno : Okay.

3. Greeting (memberi salam)

Greetings Language in the programme

Good

morning sirmadamMr JonesMrs Smith

How are you? It's lovely to see you again!It's been a long time, hasn't it?How are things with you?

afternoon

evening

Examples of situations where you might use formal greetings

Working in the service industry, e.g. a restaurant, hotel, travel agentGreeting someone older than youAt work, when speaking to your superiorsMeeting a VIP e.g. a politician Being polite to someone you don't know very well

Expressions Functions


Good morning/afternoon/evening.(formal)

Hi!/Hello! (informal)

Greeting someone

How are you, Den? How are you doing

Asking how someone is

I’m fi ne, thanks. Very well, thanks. Not so bad, thanks.

Saying how you are

See you. Good bye. Bye. See you soon /later /tomorrow.

Saying good bye

Exercises:Complete the dialogues below with correct expressions.1) Arnys : …

Ruben : Very well, thank you.2) Ayu : Good evening.

Denias : …3) Andi : How are you doing?

Retno : …4) Adib : See you tomorrow.

Virga : …5) Anita : Hi!

Marcell : …

4. Inviting (mengundang/mengajak)Here are some phrases and expressions for inviting in English.

Do you want to . . . Do you wanna . . . (informal) Would you like to . . . (more polite) How about (V+ing) ? How would you like to . . . let’s + V1 Why don’t we …? I’d like to invite you to… I wonder if you’d like to

Some responds of inviting.


Cultural TipsMeeting and Greeting in Australia• Shake hands with everyone present upon meeting and before leaving. Allow women to offer their hands fi rst.

• Women generally do not shake hands with other women.

Refusing Receiving

- I’m sorry I can’t - I’d like to but…- I’m afraid I can’t- No, let’s not.

- I’d love to - I’d like very much- I’d be happy/glad to accept- Yes, I’d be delighted to.- That’s good ide

Polite invitations

Checking someone is not busy

Are you free on Friday?Are you busy on Friday? What are you doing on Friday?

Would you like...?

Would you like ...a chocolate bar?

...to come to my house for dinner?

I wondered / was wondering

I wondered...if you'd like to come to my house for dinner

I was wondering

Other expressions

I would very much like it if you could come alongShall I bring a bottle?

5. Expressing Thanks (terimakasih)

Here are some sample phrases and sentences for expressing thanks.

Expressing Responses

Thank you Thank you very muchThanks.Thank you very much for… (kata benda)I’m grateful for…(kata benda/noun)I appreciate it.

You are welcome. That’s all rightNot at allDon’t mention itThet’s all rightAny time

ExerciseHow would you express thanks in the following situations?


a) Someone just gave you a gift for your birthday.(What do you say?)

Example: "Thank you so much. I really like it!" b) Someone has just bought dinner for you. c) Someone returned your lost wallet.

d) Someone helped carry your grocery bags.

e) Someone complimented you on your necktie.

6. Congratulations (ucapan selamat)

Ungkapan Respon

Congratulations Congratulations on … I’d like to congratulate you.I’d like to congratulate you on…It was great to hear…It was to hear about….Happy birthday to you.Happy new year.Good luck!Have a nice holiday

Thank you Thank you and the same to youThank you. I need it.Thank you very much.

Expression Function

You look cute with that hat. Complimenting

Congratulations! Congratulating

Thank you for saying so. Thank you.

Responding to compliments and congratulations

Expression Function

What a …! That’s a very nice … I like your …

Complimenting

Congratulations on winning … I’d like to congratulate you on … I must congratulate you on your … Well done.

Congratulating


Thanks. Oh, not really. It’s nice of you to say so. How kind of you to say so.

Responding to compliments and congratulations

Special Days - Social LanguageIt is common to use a special greeting used just for that occasion on special days, holidays and other special occasions. Here are some of the most common:

Birthdays

Happy birthday! Best wishes / Good luck on your thirtieth (age - use an ordinal number) birthday! Many happy returns!

Wedding / Anniversary

Congratulations! Best wishes / good luck on your tenth (number - use an ordinal number) anniversary! Here's to many more happy years together (used when making a toast)

Special Holidays

Merry Christmas! Happy New Year / Easter / Hanukkah / Ramadan etc. All the best for a happy New Year / Easter / Hanukkah / Ramadan etc. When making special greetings to children on their birthday and at Christmas, it is also

common to ask them what they received: Merry Christmas! What did you get from Santa Claus? Happy Birthday! What did your Daddy get for you?

Special Occasions

Congratulations on your promotion! All the best for your ... I'm so proud of you!

7. Sympathy (menyatakan rasa simpati)A. Expressing of sympathy on minor

a. What’s shame b. What’s pity c. That’s a nuisance d. That’s too bade. That’s pityf. Oh dear

B. Expressing of sympathy on serious accidentSMA Students’ Modul of English 70

a. Goodness! b. How terrible! c. How Awful!d. How dreadful!

C. Expressing of sympathy on personal circumstancesa. I’m sorry to hear that b. I’m sorry about that c. I’m really sorry for them d. Please accept my deepest sympathye. Send my deepest condolence!f. Please accept my condolences!

8. Pleasure, Displeasure (senang & tidak senang)

Pleasure/senang Displeasure/tidak senang

It’s really delightful/Iam delighted I’m satisfied That’s great That’s wonderful It’s really a great pleasure

I’m dissatisfied We are fed up with… I feel dosappointed She is extremely displeased

Other expressions

Expression Pleasure Expression Displeasure

a. I’m so happy ….b. I feel ….c. How happy to …d. I’m very pleasure with …e. It’s a pleasure to …f. Pleasureg. Great!h. Terrific!i. I’m pleased.j. I enjoyed itk. I love it.l. It was terrifi c.m. I’m delighted.

a. I feel …b. I’m really sad to …c. ….. feel unpleased with ….d. I feel disappointed.

9. Satisfaction, Dissatisfaction ( kepuasan, ketidakpuasan)


Ketika kita akan mengungkapkan kepuasan atas kerja seseorang, kita dapat gunakan ungkapan:

Well done! Great! Good work I am satisfied with your work You did well Your job is satisfactory I am so happy about this I’m glad to what you’ve done It’s really satisfying

Katika kita akan mengungkapkan ketidakpuasan atas kerja seseorang, kita dapat gunakan:

I’m not satisfied with work You haven’t done well enough I am really dissappointed Sorry, but your work is not satisfactory Oh, no! It’s not very nice It’s really not good enough

Informal situationSatisfaction Dissatisfaction

… very pleased with …… content with …… satisfi ed with …… very delighted with …

… displeased with …… discontented with …… dissatisfi ed with …… disappointed with …

Formal situationSatisfaction Dissatisfaction

Super! Great! Terrifi c! Fantastic! Smashing!

Horrible!Very sad!Annoying!Disappointing!Frustrating!

10. Asking & Giving Opinion (meminta & memberi pendapat)


Asking Opinion Giving opinion

How was the trip? How do you like your new house?How do you think of Rina’s idea?How do you feel about this dicition?What is your opinions of the movie?What are your feelings about it?

I think (that)…. In my opinion….As I see, …If you ask me, I feel…

Other examplesThose expressions are used to ask for opinions. What do you think of this refrigerator? So, do you think I should buy those florescent light bulbs?

Those expressions are used to give opinions. I think the other one’s better. In my opinion, you should buy the florescent light bulbs.

Here are other expressions that you can also use:

Asking Opinion Giving opinion

What is your opinion? What do you think of...? How do you feel about…? How do you see …?

I think …I believe …I feel …It seems to me …

11. Agreement/approval, Disagreement/disapproval (setuju, tidak setuju)

Ketika kita merasa sependapat dengan opini orang lain, kita bisa mengatakan: So do I Yes, I agree with you It is certainly Exactly That’s what I want to say I am with you I am on your side Yes, I agree That’s quite true You’re absolutely right!

I’m of exactly the same opinion I think so I go along that line I agree completely That's true. Absolutely. Definitely. I couldn't agree more. I know what you mean. I suppose you’re right

Ketika kita merasa tidak sependapat dengan opini orang lain, kita bisa mengatakan: Well, I don’t think so I don’t think that is true


I disagree with … I wouldn’t say that Exactly not I can’t say so On contrary I don’t buy that idea I’m afraid I entirely disagree

I can’t agree

I don’t think it’s very good

Surely not

I am sorry, but I have to disagree

I couldn’t agree less

I’m not sure I can agree

Other expression of disagreeing

Useful vocabulary for disagreeing

noI don't agreethat's not true I don't accept that

Note: 'no' is usually followed by a statement (see below)

(quite direct) (quite formal)

Examples:No, I don't think that's what happened. No, that's not a good idea.

12. Fear, Anciety (ungkapan ketakutan, kegelisahan)

Fear Respon

I am afraid I am fearedI am scaredI am terrifiedThe sound is horrifying

Don’t be afraid There is nothing to be afraid ofIt is nothing

Anciety Respon

I am worried about… I am anxious to know about…I wondered if…That made me worriedI have been thinking about ….I am afraid if…

Take is easy Calm downI know you are worried but…It is not a big dealDon’t worryStay cool

13. Pain, Relief (ungkapan kesakitan, kelegaan)


Pain Relief

Ouch! That was hurtIt is painfulIt hurts meI’ve got a backache/toothache/stomachacheI feel sore all overMy eyes hurt

I’m very relieved to hear… Finally, it was overI feel relievedI feel much betterI’m glad it’s overThat’s a great reliefI’m extremely glad to hear…Thank goodness for thatMarvellousWhat a relief!

Other expressions1. Expressions of Pain

• I am suffering from a relapse.• I feel sick./I feel ill.• I’m sick.• Ugh, it’s very painful!• Oh, it’s killing me!

2. Expressions of Relief• It’s a relief to know that ....• Thank God for ....• I’m glad it was done.• Thank goodness!• Thank heavens!• I’m glad about …!• It’s a great relief!• Whew

14. Like/Love & Dislike/Hate (suka/cinta & tidak suka/benci)

Like Dislike

I love it I like itI am keen on itI am crazy about itWe all enjoy(benda/noun/gerund)…is my cup of tea

I don’t really like it I dislike itI am not really interested in…I can’t enjoy…(benda/noun/gerund)…is not my cup of teaI can’t standI hate it

Language for expressing likes


Subject Adverb Verb Noun

I (really) don't like can't stand

itthemice creamChinese foodplaying footballwatching TV

About the adverb 'really'.This adverb as we have seen is very useful in making what you say stronger. When talking about things you don't like though it can have a different meaning depending on where you put it in the sentence.For example:"I really don't like it!"This means you have a strong dislike of something.

BUT"I don't really like it."This is not very strong. It means that you do not like something, but it is not a very strong dislike.

Language for expressing likes

Subject Adverb Verb Noun Extra

I (really) likelove

itthemice creamChinese foodplaying footballwatching TV

a lot

15. Embarrassment & Annoyance (Ungkapan rasa malu, kejengkelan)

Embarrassment Annoyance

I am embarrassed I feel ashamedOh my GodShame on me

I am annoyed I had enough with itI can’t bear it any longerYou made me annoyed


I don’t feel comfortableI feel awkward

You are such a pain in the neckYou made me sick

There are some other expressions you can use to show your annoyance.

Formal Situations Informal Situations

I’m extremely displeased with …

… is very irritating.

I’m extremely unhappy about this.

… really makes me mad.

I cannot stand …

Why on earth he didn’t …?

There are some other expressions to show embarrassment, such as:In Formal Situations In Informal Situations

Formal Situations Informal Situations

What an embarrassment!I must say that it’s an embarrassment.That’s a real embarrassment.

What a shame!It’s my embarrassment to ...I was so ashamed.

16. Request (permintaan)

Request Acceptance Refusal

Would it be possible for you to Would you be so kind as toWould you…,please?Would you mind …?Any chance of…Can you…?

I should be delighted to come By all meansI have no objectionI’d be happy toSureYeahOKNo problemMmm

I regret to say that we find ourselves unable to go I’m afraid it’s not possibleI’m afraid notSorryNo, I won’tNot likelyYou must be joking

Granting Request

In the dialogue between Ayu and Palupi you fi nd the following expressions:Ayu : Will you tell me about it?Palupi : Sure, I will.Ayu : Let’s try to make lepat sometimes.Palupi : OK.Sure, I will and OK are expressions to grant a request.Here are other expressions that you can use:


Alright. Certainly. Right away. Of course.

17. Complaint, Blame (keluhan,menyalahkan)

Complaint Blame

I’m not at all satisfied with the service I really do/must objec to the serviceI take great exception to…I want to complain about…This is crazy!

You’re the one to blame It’s your fault!It’s your mistake!You’re wrongI think you're the only person who could have done it.It's your fault for (doing something).

There are a number of formulas used when complaining in English. It's important to remember that a direct complaint or criticism in English can sound rude or aggressive. It's best to mention a problem in an indirect manner. Here are some of the most common:

I'm sorry to have to say this but... I'm sorry to bother you, but...

Maybe you forgot to...

I think you might have forgotten to...

Excuse me if I'm out of line, but...

There may have been a misunderstanding about...

Don't get me wrong, but I think we should...

Expressing shocked disagreement

But that's ridiculous!

unfair!

unreasonable!


A negative structure

It's just not fair to charge us for the starters!

simply

18. Regret, Apology (penyesalan, meminta maaf)

Regret Apology

Much to my regret Sadly, I ….UnfortunatelyI’m terribly sorryI honestly regret that I …Sorry, I …

Please accept my apologies for what I did Please forgive me for what I didI am extremely sorryI really must apologiesMay I offer you my sincerest apologies?

Language for saying sorry

To emphasise how you feel

Examples

I'm really sorry... I'm really sorry, Pete, I didn't mean to lose your book.

I'm so sorry... I'm so sorry I forgot your birthday, Oliver!

To say why you're sorry Examples

Sorry about... Sorry about the mess. I'll clear up later.

Sorry for... Sorry for taking your DVD.

To say sorry without using the words 'I'm sorry'!

I'd like to apologise for... I'd like to apologise for the way I spoke to you earlier.

Vocabulary around saying sorry

to apologise to say sorry, to ask for forgiveness, to express regret

an exclamation a word, phrase or sentence that is shouted out suddenly, often through surprise or anger

to hurt someone's feelings


to make someone feel upset or unhappy

a misunderstanding this can mean 'a small disagreement'

trouble unhappiness, distress, worry or danger

a hard time a difficult time

to be out of order (informal) to be impolite or rude

19. Possibility & Impossibility (kemungkinan & ketidakmungkinan)

Menyatakan Kemungkinan Menanyakan Kemungkinan

I think there is possibility to … I sassume/believe…In all probability,…it is going to be possible for me to…that will probably …it’s quite possible …

Do you think he/it could…? Would you say we’re capable of…?Are you capable of…?Are you able to…?Do you have any experience of…?Can you…?Do you know how to…?Do you think you can…?

Expressions for Discussing Possibilities• Would there be any possibility of …?• Do you think we are capable of …?• Would it be possible for (somebody) to …?• I think that would be possible ....• Is it possible to …?• Yes, there is a possibility ....

NOTE :

1. Several ways of indicating possibility are:

It’s possible that he’ll win the game.

There’s a possibility of his winning the game/ that he will win the game.

possibly he hasn’t heard the news yet.


There is a good chance that ….. There is a little chance that ….. It is impossible Probably She is on the way May be he needs more time She might not be at home

2. Expressions used to ask possibility or capability of doing something are:

Would there be any possibility of …..? Do you think we are capable of ….? Is it possible for me to …? Are we capable enough to …?

3. Expressions to show capability are :

I’m capable of doing it I can do it There is a chance that I can do it. I’m able to do it I have the ability to do it.4. Expressions to show incapability are:

I can’t do it I’m not sure I’m capable of doing it. I don’t think I have the ability I don’t feel capable of doing it I don’t know how to do it.


II. LANGUAGE USAGE

A. TENSES TENSES POLA KET. WAKTU

Present Tense (Menyatakan kebiasaan hingga sekarang masih dilakukan)

V= (+) S+V¹ (-s/es utk S he,she,it) (-) S+Do/Does not + V¹ Do utk S= I,you,they,we Does utk S= he,she,it She goes to school everyday She does not go to school everydayN= (+) S+ to be (am/is/are) + adj/n/adv She is beautiful

Every… UsyallyAlways dll

Present Continuous (Menyatakan aktivitas yang sedang berlangsung pada waktu bicara)

V= (+) S+ to be (am/is/are)+V-ing She is not going to school everyday

Now At presentAt this momentTo day

Present Perfect (Menyatakan perbuatan/tindakan yang terjadi pada waktu yang tidak tertentu di masa lampau dan pada saat berbicara perbuatan/tindakan tsb telah selesai/baru aja selesai dilakukan)

V= (+) S + have/has + V3 Have utk S= I,you,they,we Has utk S= he,she,it Father has gone to work for 12 hours N= (+) S + have/has+Been + adj/n/adv Father has been at his office since 12 hours ago.

Lately RecentlyFor Sincealreadyyetlatelyjust

Past Tense (Menyatakan kegiatan yang dilakukan pada waktu lampau)

V= (+) S + V2 (-) S + did not + V¹ Did utk semua SubjekN= (+) S + Be (was/were) + adj/n/adv Was utk S= I,he,she,it Were utk S= you,they,we

Yesterday Last……ago

Past Perfect Tense (Menyatakan aktivitas yang telah selesai dilakukan ketika aktivitas lain terjadi pada waktu lampau)

V= (+) S + had + V3 Had utk semua Sabjek (S) N= (+) S + had been + adj/n/adv

Before/when + S + V2

Past Perfect Continuous (Menyatakan aktivitas

V= (+) S + had been + V-ing For + periode waktu + when/ before + S + V2

yang telah berlangsung selama periode waktu tertentu ketika aktivitas lain terjadi diwaktu lampau, aktivitas tsb masih berlangsung)

Future tense (Menyatakan aktivitas yang akan dilakukan di waktu yang akan datang)

V= (+) S + will/shall + V¹ Will utk semua Sabjek (S) Shall utk S = I,weN= (+) S + will/shall +be + adj/n/adv

Tomorrow Next…

Future Continuous (Menyatakan aktivitas yang akan sedang berlangsung di waktu yang akan datang)

V= (+) S + will/shall + be + V-ing

At this time tomorrow At ten tomorrow

Future Perfect (Menyatakan aktivitas yang akan telah selesai dilakukan ketika aktivitas lain terjadi diwaktu yang akan datang)

V= (+) S + will/shall + have + V3 N= (+) S + will/shall +have +been +adj/n/

By + ket.waktu

Future Perfect Continuous (Menyatakan aktivitas yang akan telah sedang berlangsung selama waktu tertentu ketika aktivitas lain terjadi di waktu yang akan datang)

V= (+) S + will/shall +have+been + V-ing

By + ket.waktu

Past Future Tense (Menyatakan perbuatan/keadaan yang akan datang dilakukan/terjadi diwaktu lampau. Perbuatan tsb sudah direncanakan tapi tidak terlaksana)

V= (+) S + would/should + V¹ N= (+) S + would/should + be + adj/n/adv

Yesterday Last…Just nowIf + simple past

Past Future Perfect Tense (menyatakan suatu

V= (+) S + would/should + have +V3

N= (+) S + would/should + have been

If + past perfect

[email protected] 83

mailto:[email protected]

pengandaian pada masa lampau, sesuatu seharusnya akan telah terjadi pada saat suatu syarat terpenuhi)

+ adj/n/adv

Past Perfect Continuous (Menyatakan perbuatan yang seharusnya sudah sedang berlangsung di suatu waktu di masa lampau tetapi kenyataanya gagal berlangsung)

V= (+) S + would/should + have been + V-ing

By + ket.waktu

Kita bisa mengenali setiap tensis dengan mengetahui ciri-ciri khusus yang dimiliki setiap tensis:

Simple Present V¹/do,does/am,is,are

Simple past V2/did/was,were

Perfect have/has/had + V3/been

Future/modal (present) Future/modal (past)

will/shall/may/can/must + V¹/be would/sould/might/could/had to + V¹/be

Continuous Tobe + v-ing

TO BE

Present PastPerfectFuture/modal

Am, is, are Was, wereBeenbe

Contoh soal1. Fred : Juda, the telephone rang twelve times. What were you doing? Juda: I____ Javanese dancing, “Srimpi”. a. practised d. have been practising b. was parctising e. will be practising c. have practised Jawaban : B (Past Continuous Tense)

2. Dian : The Public Health Centre ____ there for more than twenty years. The doctors and paramedis work hard to improve the people’s health especially children.

Iwan : Yes, they are succesful. The infant/death rate has decreased remarkably. a. works d. has been working b. worked e. will have worked



c. is working Jawaban : D (Present Perfect Continuous = peristiwa yang terjadi/dimulai pada waktu lampau

dan sekarang masih berlangsung. Ada tanda waktu for yang bisa dijadikan ciri)

3. Devi : So you have finished washing the dished. When did you do it?Sri : I did while you ____ the yard.a. clean d. were cleaningb. cleaned e. have been cleaningc. had cleanedJawaban : D (Past Continuous tense = menyatakan suatu kegiatan yang sedang berlangsung ketika kegiatan lain terjadi di waktu lampau. Kata while bisa dijadikan ciri)

4. Retno : Why don’t you reply my letter?Hadi : Oh sorry. I forget to tell you that I ___ in Bali since last year.a. am living d. will have livedb. was living e. have been livingc. have to liveJawaban : E (Present Perfect Continuous. Tanda waktu since dapat dijadikan ciri)

5. Vina : When did you get the letter?Fani : Yesterday. My family ____ when the postman arrived.a. have lunch d. will have had lunchb. will have lunch e. have been having lunchc. were having lunchJawaban : C (Past Continuous tense biasa juga dipakai untuk menyatakan kegiatan yang sedang dilakukan ketika kegiatan lain terjadi pada waktu lampau. When + simple past dapat dijadikan ciri)

Soal-Soal Latihan1. If we don”t hurry, the meeting ___ by the time we get there.

a. would have started d. will startb. will have started e. startsc. will be started

2. The librarian suddenly heard a noise.Librarian : What was the noise?Student : I dropped some books while I ____ them to the table.a. carry d. am carryingb. carried e. have carriedc. was carrying

3. Ann has been looking for a job for six month.This sentence means that Ann ___.a. has got a new job d. has stopped looking for a jobb. has worked for six months e. started to work 6 months a goc. is still looking for a job



4. When airport are located in the center of citied, they ___ noise pollution and distrub people’s life.a. caused d. were causingb. causes e. have causedc. will cause

5. Agam : Where will we go next holiday?Joko : What about Bali?Agam : That’s OK, but I ____ there many times.a. am d. will beb. was e. will have beenc. have been

6. My father is still in Bali. He ____ there for three weeks. a. is d. has been b. was e. have been c. had been

7. Anto : I’m sorry Ary. I forget to bring your book. Ary : What did he say Lina? Lina : Anto said that he ___ to bring your book. a. has forgotten d. forgets b. had forgotten e. forgot c. would forget

8. Teacher : I”ve heard that Benny is ill. Is it right?Student : Yes, sir. He ____ ill for a week. a. was d. would be b. has been e. will have been c. had been

9. Teacher : You will be ready for a test next week. Learn all these.Student : All right, sir. I ____ them by then. a. learn d. will be learning b. have learnt e. will have learnt c. am learning

10. Reni goes to her university every morning. She studies business. You can’t meet her at her house at 10.00 tomorrow. She ___ the lectures. a. will be attending d. has attended b. has been attending e. attended c. would be attended

B. DIRECT - INDIRECT (Reported Speech)



Ketika kita merubah kalimat langsung menjadi kalimat tidak langsung, ada beberapa hal yang mengalami perubahan diantaranya perubahan tenses, struktur kalimat, pronoun (kata ganti orang), Possessive (kata ganti kepemilikan), keterangan waktu, dan tempat.

Perubahan pronoun dan possessive tergantung kepada sabjek dan objek yang dipakai di kalimat langsung/tidak langsung.

Jika kalimat langsung adalah kalimat tanya maka ketika kalimat itu diulang (kalimat tidak langsung) tidak membentuk kata tanya lagi tetapi menjadi kalimat berita. Kata penghubungnya adalah if/whether dan what, why, where, when, who, how. Begitu pula jika kalimat langsung adalah kalimat perintah maka di kalimat tidak langsung menjadi kalimat berita. Kata penghubungnya adalah (+) to infinitive/V1, (-) not to infinitive/V1

Contoh Kalimat

Kalimat langsung/direct Kalimat tidak langsung/indirect

(+) He said, “ I have a present for you in my bag.”

(-) He said, “I do not have a present for you in my bag”

(?) He asked, “Do I have a present for you in my bag?”

(?) He asked me, “ Why do I have to have a present for you in my bag?

(!) He ordered/commanded me, “Bring my bag here now!”

(!) He ordered me, “Don’t bring your bag here!”

(+) He said that he had a present for me in his bag.

(-) He said that he did not have a present for me in his bag.

(?) He asked me if/whether he had a present for me in his bag.

(?) He asked me why he had to have a present for me in his bag.

(!) He ordered/commanded me to bring his bag there then.

(!) He ordered me not to bring my bag there.

Perubahan Tenses

Direct (kalimat langsung) Indirect (kalimat tidak langsung)

Simple Present Present ContinuousPresent FuturePresent PerfectPresent Perfect ContinuousSimple PastPast Continuous

Simple Past Past ContinuousPast FuturePast PerfectPast Perfect ContinuousPast PerfectPast Perfect Continuous

Lebih singkatnya perubahan tenses tersebut adalah:

Direct Indirect

V1 (eat) V2 (ate)Am/is/areDo/doesDo/does notDid not

V2 (ate) Had + V3 (had eaten)Was/wereDidDid notHad not + V3



Was/wereAm/is/are + V-ingWas/were +V-ingHas/have + V3Will/shall/can/may/mustCould/might/should/would + V1/be

Had beenWas/were + V-ingHad been + V-ingHad + V3Would/should/could/might/had tocould/might/should/would + have+ V3/been

Perubahan Keterangan Waktu dan Tempat

Direct Indirect

Now TodayTomorrow Next… Last… …ago Yesterday The day before yesterdayHereThisThese

Then That dayThe next dayThe day afterThe following dayA day laterThe… afterThe following…The…beforeThe previous …The preceeding…before…earlierThe day beforeThe previous dayThe preceeding dayTwo day beforeThereThatthose

Contoh Soal

1. Beckham : Did you know what Fingo said yesterday?Raul : Of course. He said ____ the previous day.a. had gone to his country d. he went to his countryb. he has gone to his country e. he goes to his countryc. he will go to his countryJawaban : A ( kalau kalimat langsung/direct simple past, indirect/tdk langsung harus past perfect)

2. Teacher : Why was Mary absent yesterday?Jenifer : What did the teacher want to know, Ferdy?Ferdy : he wanted to know ____a. if Mary was absent d. that Mary had been absentb. why Mary was absent e. why Mary had been absentc. why was Mary absent



Jawaban : E (direct berbentuk Wh-question bentuk past tense jadi indirec berbentuk past perfect)

3. Mother : Don’t be so noisy, Herman. The baby is sleeping.Herman : Okay, mom.Rudy : What did your mother just told you?Herman : She told me ___ because the baby was sleeping.a. I wasn’t so noisy d. I am very noisyb. not to be so noisy e. to be not so noisyc. don’t be noisyJawaban : B (direct: don’t + be maka indirect: not + to be)

4. Doctor : Open your mouth! Mother : What did the doctor tell you? Son : The doctor told me ___ a. that I open his mouth d. to open my mouth b. if I opened my mouth e. opened my mouth c. to open my mouth Jawaban : D (direct: V1 + O maka direct: to V1 + O)

5. Mother : Do you want meatballs or fried chicken?Mother asked me ____a. whether I wanted meatball or fried shickenb. whether I want meatball or fried chickenc. that I wanted meatball or fried chickend. that I want meatball or fried chickene. if I want meatball or fried chicken Jawaban: A (direct: do/does + S +V1 maka indirect: if/whether + S + V2)

Soal-Soal Latihan

1. Head master : Why didn”t you clean this room this morning?Jani : I am sorry. I got a headache.The headmaster asked her why ___ the room this morning.a. I hadn’t cleaned d. he headn’t cleanedb. he does not clean e. he would not cleanc. he hasn’t cleaned

2. Anto : I am sorry Lina. I forgot to bring your book.Ari : What did he say, Lina? Lina : Anto said to me that he ___ to bring my book. a. has forgotten d. forgets b. had forgotten e. forgot c. would forget

3. Mother asked Mira to close the windows because it was windy outside. Mother said, “ ___________” a. Mira closed the window. It is windy outside.



b. Closed the window, Mira. It is windy outside. c. Mira closed the window. It was windy outside. d. Does Mira close the window. It was windy outside. e. To close the window Mira! It is windy outside.

4. “What are you doing now?”, he asked. He asked me ____ a. what are you were doing now d. what I was doing then. b. what were you doing now. e. what I am doing now. c. what I was doing then

5. “Is John coming to the party tonight?” “yes, he asked me ____”. a. If he could go with us d. going with us b. can he go with us e. wether he goes with us c. he went with us

6. My parents advised my sister ____ too much money on clothes. a. do not spend d. not spending b. not to spend e. not spend c. did not spend

7. The secretary asked me ___ with Mr. Slamet. a. did I have an appointment d. when is my appointment b. how was my appointment e. that I had an appointment c. whether I had appointment

8. “don’t make noise, children”, she said.a. She told the children don’t make noise b. She said the children didn’t make noise c. She didn’t say the children should noise d. She told the children not to make noise.e. She didn’t tell the children to make noise

9. My friend said to me, “Can I find you a hotel?”. Mean____ a. My friend asked me if I could help him find a hotel. b. I wondered if my friend could help me find a hotel. c. My friend said that I could help him find a hotel. d. My friend asked me to find a hotel for him. e. My friend asked me whether he could help me find a hotel.

10. Father said, “Finish your work!” The indirect form is: Father told me ____ a. finish your work d. to finish your work b. finished your work e. to finish my work c. that I finish my work



C. PASSIVE VOICE (kalimat pasif)

Kalimat passif adalah kalimat dimana subjek dikenai tindakan/pekerjaan, sedangkan kalimat aktif subjeklah yang melakukan tindakan/pekerjaan.

Hal yang perlu diperhatikan dalam merubah aktif ke pasif adalah: Yang dapat dijadikan kalimat passive adalah Verbal Sentence (kalimat yang predikatnya

kata kerja/V) Verbal sentence yang dapat dirubah ke Passive Voice (kalimat pasif) adalah kalimat yang

memiliki objek penderita. Perubahan aktif ke pasif atau sebaliknya tidak merubah makna kalimat. Perubahan iti

terjadi hanya pada struktur kalimatnya saja. Ciri kalimat pasif/passive voice adalah to be + V3 dan kata by (kata ini bukan merupakan

syarat yang harus ada dalam kalimat pasif ) Contoh : (Aktive) Bajuri loves Oneng S P/V1 O (Passive) Oneng is loved by Bajuri. S P/V3 (Active) I bought a new motorcycle last week. (passive) A new motorcycle was bought by me last week

Rumus Pola aktif-pasif untuk semua tenses

Tenses Active Passive

Simple Present Simple Past

S + V1 S + V2

S + am/is/are + V3 S + was/were + V3

Present Continuous Present perfect continuousPast ContinuousPast Perfect ContinuousFuture ContinuousFuture Perfect ContinuousPast Futurre ContinuousPast Future Perfect Continu

S + am/is/are + V-ing S + have/has + been + V-ingS + was/were + V-ingS + had + been + V-ingS + will/shall + be + V-ingS + will + have + V-ingS + would + be + V-ing+S +would +have+been+V-ing

S + am/is/are + being + V3 S + have/has +been + being +V3S + was/were + being + V3S + had + been + being + V3S + will/shall + be + being + V3S + will +have+been+ being +V3S + would + be + being + V3S +would+have+been+ being+V3

Simple Perfect Past Perfect

S + have/has + V3 S + had + V3

S + have/has + been + V3 S + had + been + V3

Simple Future Past FutureModal (present)Modal (past)

S + will/shall + V1 S + would/should + V1 S + may/can/must + V1S + might/could/had to + V1

S + will/shall + be + V3 S + would/should + be + V3S + may/can/must + be + V3S + might/could/had to + be + V3

Jadi lebih singkatnya ciri kalimat pasif/passive voice selain by + O adalah

Present PastPerfectContinuous

am/is/are + V3 was/were + V3been + V3being + V3



Future/modal be + V3

Contoh Soal

1. A : Look! The girl is crying. What happened to her just now?B : While playing with her brother, she ____a. kicks d. was kickingb. kicked e. was kickedc. will kickJawaban : E (simple past: S + was/were + V3)

2. A : Do you know the result of the test?B : Not yet. The announcement ____ twice.a. was postponed d. has to be postponedb. was being postponed e. has been postponedc. will be postponedJawaban : A (konteks kalimat adalah simple past)

3. Mela : Why do you prefer Surya Depstore to others?Noni : Because the items ____ at a reasonable price.a. is sold d. were soldb. are sold e. had been soldc. was soldJawaban: B (konteks kalimat adalah simple present. Karena subjek items jamak maka to be

yang sesuai adalah are)

4. X : There’s no longer a rule for the youth to enter military service in Britain.Y : Really, when….?a. was it abolishing d. was it to abolishb. did it abolish e. to be abolishedc. was it abolishedJawaban: C (pola pasif introgative simple past: was/were + S + V3)

5. Dita : When did the accident happen?Dini : When the goods ____ from the truck.a. have been unloaded d. will be unloadedb. were being unloaded e. are unloadedc. are being unloadedJawabab: B (pola pasif past continuaou tense: S + was/were + being + V3)

Soal-Soal Latihan

1. R.A. Kartini ____ in Jepara in 1879.a. is born d. would be bornb. was born e. has been bornc. will be born

2. The books in the library ___ in alphabetical order. [email protected] 92


a. is arranged d. have arranged b. was arranged e. has arranged c. have been arranged

3. A big dam ___ in this area next year. a. will build d. has been built b. will be built e. is being built c. would be built

4. We can’t swim in the swimming pool now because it ___. a. was being cleaned d. will clean b. is being cleaned e. cleaned c. has been cleaned

5. They had just been living in the house for two years when it ___ by the fire. a. destroyed d. will be destroyed b. had destroyed e. is being destroyed c. was destroyed

6. She looks after the baby well. The passive form is ____ a. the baby is well looked after b. the baby was looked after well c. the baby will be well looked afterd. the baby is being looked after welle. the baby would be well looked after

6. Everybody knew that he had shown great loyalty to the company, therefore he ____ a big sum of money at the anniversary of the company.

a. rewarded d. is being rewarded b. was rewarded e. has been rewarded c. will be rewarded

8. At the moment the old building ____ to make space dor a parking lot. a. demolishing d. had been demilishing b. is being demolished e. is demolishing c. was being demolishing

9. Sita is waiting for her birthday party dress because she ____ a new one by her mother. a. has promised d. has been promising b. will be promised e. was being promised c. will be promised

10. As the victem was badly hurt in the car accident, he ____ to the nearest hospital. a. will be taken d. was taken b. is being taken e. took c. has been taken



D. DEGREES OF COMPARISON (tingkat perbandingan)

Terdiri dari 3 tingkatan, yaitu:1. Positive (tingkat biasa)

S + tobe + adjective/k.sifat

contoh: Jojon is handsome Gogon is clever

2. Comparative (tingkat perbandingan)

S + tobe + more/-er + adjective + than

contoh: Jojon is more handsome than Aming Bajuri is cleverer than Oneng

3. Superlative (tingkat palinga)

S + tobe + the most/-est + noun phrase

Contoh: Jojon is the most handsome Bajuri is the cleverest person

Catatana. Adjective/kata-kata sifat yang bersuku kata dua/lebih harus diawali kata “more”

pada kalimat perbandingan/comparative dan “the most” pada kalimat tingkat paling/superlative. Contoh: beautiful more beaitiful the most beautiful

b. Beberapa kata harus dibentuk dengan cara tidak beraturan pada comparative dan superlative.Contoh: bad worse worst good better best much more most

c. Adjective/kata-kata sifat yang bersuku kata satu/dua yang berakhir dengan akhiran “-er/-r” pada kalimat perbandingan/comparative dan “-est/-st” pada kalimat tingkat paling/superlative adalah:

1. Kata yang berakhir dengan 2 konsonan / 1 konsonan yang didahului dengan 2 vokal.Contoh: rich richer richest deep deeper deepest

2. Kata yang berakhir dengan 1 konsonan yang dudahului oleh 1 vokal. Dalam perubahannya konsonan tersebut digandakan sebelum diberi akhiran –er dan –est.Contoh: big bigger biggest

3. Kata yang berakhir dengan –e dalam perubahannya hanya diberi akhiran –r dan –st.Contoh: large larger largest

4. Kata yang berakhir dengan –y yang didahului konsonan dalam perubahannya huruf –y tersebut berubah menjadi –i. Tetapi jika –y tsb didahului vokal maka aturan tersebut di atas tidak berlaku.Contoh: easy easier easiest coy coyer coyest



5. Kata yang terdiri dari dua suku kata yang berakhiran –some, -ow, -le, -er. Contoh: clever cleverer cleverest

E. QUESTION TAGS Merupakan bentuk pertanyaan berekor yang fungsinya untuk mempertegas suatu pertanyaan.Contoh : Pok Ati is a beautiful woman, isn’t she? My husband didn’t go to Bandung last week, did he?a) Jika statement adalah kalimat verbal maka question tag-nya dibentuk menurut kaidah

kalimat verbal yaitu ada kata kerja bantu/modal yang dipakai seperti: do/does, did, have/has, had, will, shall, can, may, dll. Begitu pula jika statement adalah kalimat nominal maka question tag-nya pun dibentuk menurut kaidah kalimat nominal yaitu ada kata kerja to be yang dipakai seperti: am/is/are, was/were, dll.

b) Jika statement (+) maka question tag (-) dan sebaliknya F. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (kalimat pengandaian)

Conditional sentence terdiri dari anak kalimat (sub clause) dan induk kalimat (mean clause) dimana bentuk tenses yang di pakai pada keduanya berbada.

Induk kalimat biasanya diawali dengan kata “if”. Jika anak kalimat mendahului induk kalimat maka setelah anak kalimat ada koma (,).

Ada 3 tipe conditional sentence : 1. Future Conditional (type 1)

Kalimat yang diucapkan dan kenyataan yang sebenarnya tidak bertolak belakang. Apa yang diucapkan, itulah yang diharapkan. Kemungkinan harapan terpenuhi di tipe ini adalah ada (bukan imajinasi) tapi kalau syarat terpenuhi.Contoh: If I have much money, I will buy a new car. (jika saya punya uang, saya akan membeli mobil baru)Pola : If + simple present + simple future/modal S + V1 S + will/shall/can/must/may + V1 S + am/is/are S + will shall/can/must/may + be

2. Present Conditional (type 2) Kalimat yang diucapkan bertolak belakang dengan kenyataan yang sebenarnya di masa sekarang. Kalau kalimatnya (+), maka makna/meaning-nya (-) dan sebaliknya. Kemungkinan harapan terpenuhi di tipe ini adalah tidak ada (hanya imajinasi saja). Contoh : (+) If I had time, I would go to the beach with you. (Saya sebenarnya tidak punya waktu sekarang ini sehingga tidak bisa pergi) Pola: If + simple past + past future/modal V2 would/should/could/had to/might + V1 Was/were would/should/could/had to/might + be Di tipe ini hanya were saja yang dipakai.

3. Past Conditional (type 3)Kalimat yang digunakan untuk menyatakan kewajiban/kegiatan yang dilakukan dimasa lampau, tetapi tidak dilakukan/ tidak terpenuhi. Kalimat ini diucapkan bertolak belakang dengan



kenyataan yang sebenarnya di masa lalu. Kalau kalimatnya (+), maka makna/meaning yang disampaikan (-) dan sebaliknya.Kemungkinan harapan terpenuhi di tipe ini adalah tidak ada (hanya imajinasi saja)Contoh : (+) If I had known you were there, I would have written you a letter.( Jika saya tahu waktu dulu kamu berada di sana, saya sudah mengirim surat padamu- ini bermakna saya tidak mengirim surat karena saya tidak tahu kamu berada di sana)

Pola: If + past perfect + past future perfect/modal perfect Had + V3 would/should/could/had to/might + have + V3 Had been would/should/could/had to/might + have been

G. RELATIVE PRONOUNS (kata ganti penghubung)

Relative Pronoun adalah kata yang digunakan untuk mengantikan salah satu pokok kalimat/bagian kalimat lainnya yang menghubungkan dua buah kalimat menjadi satu kalimat majemuk (complex sentence). Kata-kata yang digunakan sebagai penghubung yaitu: who, whom, whose, which, of which.Rumus Umum :

Jabatan dalam kalimat orang benda

Subjek ObjekKepunyaan (possesseve)

Who/that Whom/thatwhose

Which/that Which/thatOf which

1. Who/that: “yang”Digunakan utk pengganti orang sbg subjekContoh: We know a lot of people. They live in Jakarta S O S We know a lot of people who live in Jakarta (They = a lot ao people, jabatan dalam kalimat subjek,)

2. Whom/that: “yang”Digunakan untuk pengganti objekContoh: The girl feel in love with the man. I met him last week. S O S O The girl feel in love with the man whom I met last week.

(him = the man, jabatan sebagai objek)

3. whose: “yang punya”Digunakan untuk mengganti kata ganti kepunyaan: my, your, our, his, their, its, her.Contoh: We saw the people. Their car has been stolen. S O possessive We saw the people whose car had been stolen.

(their car = mobilnya orang-orang. Orang yang dimaksud = the people)

4. which/thatDigunakan untuk mengganti kata benda/binatang sebagai subjekContoh: I don’t like the stories. They are printed in English. S



I don’t like the stories that/which are printed in English.(they = the stories/cerita adalah kata benda yg kedudukannya sebagai S)

My mother loves a red car very much. I bought it last year. O O My mother loves a red car which/that I bought last year very much

( it = a red car, sebuah benda, jabatan sebagai objek)

5. Of whichDigunakan untuk mengganti kata ganti kepunyaan/possessive untuk benda/binatang.Contoh: I sent the table back to the store. Its surface is not smooth. Possessive I sent the table of which surface is not smooth back to the store.(its surface/permukaannya meja. Meja yg dimaksud the table)

6. Where

7. When H. SUBJUNCTIVE WISH

Subjunctive/angan-angan digunakan untuk menyatakan/mengungkapkan harapan yang tidak dapat terpenuhi.

Future

Rumus : S¹ + wish + S² + could/would + V¹/be

Contoh : I wish you would stop saying that. (saya berharap kamu akan berhenti mengatakan itu)

I wish she would come to my party to night (saya berharap dia akan dapat datang ke pesta saya minggu ini)

Present

Rumus : S¹ + wish + S² + V2/were

Contoh : I wish you were old enough to marry me. (saya berharap sekarang ini umurmu cukup tua untuk menikahi saya) They wish they didn’t have to go to school today. (mereka berharap sekarang ini mereka tidak harus pergi sekolah)

Past

Rumus : S¹ + wished + S² + had V3/could have V3

Contoh : She wished she had had more time last night. (saya berharap tadi malam dia punya banyak waktu)

I. CAUSATIVE HAVE/GET Causative have dan get digunakan untuk menyatakan suatu pekerjaan yang dilakukan orang lain untuk si Subjek. Causative have berarti menyuruh/memerintahkan seseorang melakukan sesuatu, sedangkan causative get berarti meminta (dengan persuasif) seseorang melakukan sesuatu.

Rumus Active

S + have/has/had + Object¹ + V1 + Object²



S + get/gets/got + Object¹ + to V1 + Object

Contoh : (1). She has the shoemaker mend her shoes S Someone/O¹ V1 something/O² (Dia menyuruh Pembuat sepatu memperbaiki sepatunya) O¹ V1 O²(2). I had mechanic repair my car. (saya menyuruh mekanis memperbaiki mobil saya

Contoh : (1). She gets the shoemaker to mend her shoes. (Dia meminta Pembuat sepatu memperbaiki sepatunya)(2). I got the mechanic to repair my car. (saya meminta mekanis memperbaiki mobil saya)

Rumus Passive

S + have/has/had + O + V3 S + get/gets/got + O + V3

Contoh (1). The manager has the letter typed.

O V3 (Menejer menyuruh surat itu ditik) (2). The manager gets the letter typed. (Menejer meminta surat itu ditik)

J. GERUND Gerund adalah kata kerja yang dibendakan/ kata benda yang dibentuk dari kata kerja yang diberi akhiran –ing (V-ing). Gerund digunakan bila:

1. Verb/kata kerja sebagai subjek. Contoh: Swimming is a good sport.

Jogging makes us fresh.2. Verb sebagai complement/pelengkap.

Contoh : My hobby is cycling.3. Setelah kata depan/preposition seperti for, on, before dll.

Contoh : I am sorry for coming late. Before leaving, he said nothing.

4. Setelah istilah khusus seperti no use, to be worth, to be busy, can’t help/can’t bear,to be used to, get used to.Contoh : It is no use studying without practicing.

5. Setelah possessive adjective (my,your, his,her,our,their,Amir’s, dll)Contoh : His staring frigtens me.

6. Kata kerja/V setelah kata kerja tertentu



Admit AppreciateClaimCan’t helpResume

Consider AvoidDelayDenyRisk

Enjoy FinishQuitResistSiggest

Mind MissPostponePracticeAdvise

Recall RegretReportRecentresist

Contoh : We enjoy seeing them again after so many years.

K. PREFERENCES (pilihan/kesukaan) Menyukai A ketimbang B

1.

S + prefers + noun/V-ing + to + noun/V-ing

Contoh:- Dona prefers dancing to singing. (Dona lebih menyukai menari ketiumbang menyanyi)- Juned prefers combro to deblo. (Juned lebih menyukai combro ketimbang deblo)

2.

S + like + noun/V-ing + better than + noun/V-ing

Contoh:- I like T.V better than radio.- Kokom likes reading better than watching T.V.

3.

S + would rather + V1 + than + V1

Contoh:- Dita would rather watch T.V . than plays a video game. (Dita lebih menyukai nonton T.V ketimbang main video game)

4.

S + would prefer + to V1 + rather than + V1

Contoh:- Ayu would prefer to phone me rather than send SMS. (Ayu lebih menyukai menelpon saya ketimbang mengirim SMS)

L. CONNECTORS (Kata Penghubung)Connectors digunakan untuk menggabungkan dua kalimat/lebih menjadi satu kalimat. Connectors dibagi menjadi 3, yaitu:

1. Menunjukan waktu: before, after, as soon as, while, when.a. We went home after the rain stopped.b. I prepare my ticket and passport before I go on holiday to Paris.c. I started to look for an apartment as soon as I arrived in this city.d. While he was reading her novel, somebody knocked on the door.e. I was really sad when I saw a drama movie.

2. Menunjukan sebab dan akibat: because/because of, since.a. I went to the hospital because I had a serious accident.b. I went to the hospital because of my serious accident.



c. Since I have no money, I can’t treat you.3. Menunjukan tanda urutan: first, next, then, after that, finally.

a. first, we must prepare the ingredients.b. Next, we cut the vegetables into small pieces.c. After that, we put them into frying pan.d. Finally, we put some sauce and salt.

M. CONJUNCTIONS (Kata Sambung) Kata sambung adalah kata yang digunakan untuk menyambung dua kalimat/kata-kata.

1. Kata sambung yang berdiri sendiri seperti: and, or, but, for, although/though, that, if, dll.Contoh: - You can read this book if you like. (kamu dapat membaca buku ini jika kamu mau) - I went to your house but you weren’t at home. (saya pergi ke rumahmu tapi kamu tidak ada di rumah) - Amir and I go to school everyday. (Amir dan saya pergi ke sekolah setiap hari) - Although it was raining, he come on time. (walaupun hujan dia datang tepat waktu)

2. Kata sambung yang berpasangan seperti:both…and… (…dan juga….)not only…but also… (…tidak hanya…tetapi juga…)either…or… (….maupun…)neither…nor… (…tidak…dan tidak…) Contoh: - He is both wise and good. (dia bijaksana dan juga baik) - He is not only active but also clever. (dia tidak hanya aktif tetapi juga pintar) - Factory pollutions have polluted either land or water in our environment. (Polusi pabrik telah mencemari tanah maupun air di lingkungan kita) - The research is neither intersting nor accurate (Penelitian itu tidak menarik dan tidak akurat)

N. ELLIPTIC CONSTRUCTIONKalimat elip merupakan pemendekan dari dua kalimat/lebih dengan cara menghilagkan

beberapa bagian kalimat yang memiliki kesamaan arti asalnya. Kalimat elip digunakan untuk menghindari adanya pengulangan kata yang sama dalam suatu kalimat.

1. Elliptical Sentences with TOO, SO and BOTH.a. We use TOO for a positive sentence and it goes at the end of the sentence.

Example:Andre is busy, and I am too.Nina studies hard day and night, and you do too.Ivan went to the music show, and Dina did too.Tasya has a lot of money in the bank, and Ayik does too.

b. We use SO for a positive sentence and it goes at the beginning of the sentence.Example

I am hungry, and so is Jack.I learn English, and so does Reza.



I have had breakfast, and so has Maryam.You saw that accident this morning, and so did I.

c. We use BOTH to talk about two things or persons.Example:

Ms. Hulai has two children. Both are diligent.This house has two doors. Both are made of wood.Last month Budi went to Jakarta and Bandung. He likes both cities.

2. Elliptical Sentences with EITHER, NEITHER, and BUT.a. We use EITHER for a negative sentence and it goes at the end of the sentence.

Example:I don’t like horror films, and Chika doesn’t either.Alle didn’t come yesterday, and Firda didn’t either.You can’t swim, and I can’t either.

b. We use NEITHER for a negative sentence and it goes at the beginning of the sentence.Example:

I did not come to the party last night, and neither did Revo.Wawan can’t finish the homework, and neither can Vina.My father doesn’t like spicy food, and neither do I.

c. We use BUT to show the opposite.Example:

I don’t like coca-cola, but Rian does.Rangga will go home, but I won’t.Wishi can dance, but Fauzan can’t.



Exercise 1Make elliptical construction from the following sentences.

1. The boy did the test very well, and Bintang ________________.2. It was a good football match. ______________ teams played well.3. My mom can drive a car, _________ I can’t.4. He shouldn’t try to repair the printer himself and _____________________ you.5. This car costs 120 million Rupiahs, and _______________ his car over there.6. There are two pictures on the wall. I like _____________ of them.7. Indonesia is struggling to recover from economic crisis and _____________________ some other

Asian countries.8. Arsenal team has lost three matches, and Manchester United team _____________________.9. Those trousers are not too expensive, and ______________________ these ones.10. She has a large collection of rare stamps, and ____________________ one of my brothers.11. He doesn’t have to go there, but I _________________12. The enemy soldiers fired continuously at us, and ____________________ their tanks.13. He had enough money to buy the car, and his twin brother _________________________.14. They were in such a hurry that they had to skip lunch, and _________________________ we.15. The first plan doesn’t work, and the other back up plans _____________________.16. The detective has searched everywhere for the missing boy, and ____________________ the

police.17. The new BMW can’t run too fast, and his Mercedes ___________________18. Inem doesn’t like working hard, and Inah ___________________19. Those people are looking for a cheap hotel, and we ____________________20. Stella hasn’t finished her dinner and ___________________ her children.21. I saw the thief trying to break into Mr. Brown’s house, but he _________________22. Christ doesn’t really like rock music, but his brothers ___________________23. She won’t buy such an outdated skirt, but Jenny ____________________24. She never loves me, and her family _____________________25. I can hardly remember your name, and she ___________________26. You seldom come here, and ____________________ I.27. I barely know what you meant, and my brother ____________________28. She rarely has time to go out on Sunday evening and I _________________.29. I have tried to finish the report, and ________________he.30. He doesn’t love me anymore, _____________ I do.

Exercise 2Choose the best answer.1. The students often discuss a matter seriously, and so _________ the teacher.

a. is b. do c. does d. has2. The chairman of the organization did not attend the meeting, and ______________

a. the secretary did not either c. neither didn’t the secretaryb. the secretary did too d. so did the secretary

3. ‘I saw her this morning.’ ‘ ________.’a. so had I b. so did I c. so I did d. I did so

4. Because of the rain, the teacher couldn’t come on time and ____________.a. I neither could c. I could not eitherb. neither did I d. so didn’t I

5. ‘I can’t hear anything.’ ‘____________.’a. so can I b. neither can I c. either can’t I d. I can’t too

6. ‘I didn’t like the film that we saw.’‘____________.’ [email protected] 102


a. so didn’t I b. I didn’t too c. I didn’t either d. neither I didn’t7. ‘I don’t like the food; it is too salty.’‘____________.’

a. I don’t too b. I don’t neither c. I don’t either d. neither don’t I8. If you can do that job, ____________.

a. so can I b. so I can c. I can either d. either can I9. ‘No bookstores in the town are open today.’‘_____________.’

a. the grocery stores don’t either c. neither do the grocery storesb. the grocery stores aren’t either d. the grocery stores are too

10. Tom didn’t go to school yesterday, and ____________.a. so didn’t I b. I didn’t too c. I didn’t either d. neither didn’t I

11. Afifa : ‘My brother has just bought a new motorcycle.’Saras : ‘What a coincidence, ______________.’a. so did my brother c. my brother has toob. my brother does too d. so does my brother

12. ‘_____________.’‘Neither does she.’a. I sew my own clothes c. I sew my own clothesb. she cannot sew her own clothes d. I don’t sew my own clothes

13. ‘I think this room is very cozy.’‘_____________.’a. so does my bedroom c. so did my bedroom.b. so was my bedroom d. so is my bedroom

14. She doesn’t speak Chinese, and _________.’a. neither can’t I b. neither can I c. either can’t I d. I can either

15. ‘I like bright colors.’‘_____________.’a. I do so b. I do either c. so do I d. either do I

16. We don’t have to return the book tomorrow, but he___________.a. has b. do c. does d. have

17. ‘Did Lucy come to the OSIS meeting yesterday afternoon?’‘Yes, she did, but Setha_______’a. doesn’t b. hasn’t c. don’t d. didn’t

18. Everyone laughed at his jokes, ______________.a. but the teacher isn’t c. but the teacher didb. and so did the teacher d. and the teacher didn’t either

19. Reza agreed that everybody had to pay Rp. 300.000,- for the study tour to Bandung, _______.’a. neither did I b. I didn’t either c. so did I d. I didn’t too

20. Zahra’s mother can speak English well, __________.a. but my mother can’t c. my mother can sob. neither can my mother d. but my mother can

21. My uncle doesn’t smoke, ___________.a. and father doesn’t too c. and so does fatherb. and neither does father d. and so doesn’t father

22. His shop was burnt down, and _________ his car that was parked near by.a. either was b. neither was c. so was d. was too

23. ‘I haven’t watched Kung-fu Panda. I heard the movie’s good.‘____________.’a. so have I b. I haven’t too c. neither have I d. I have either

24. I think that my mother will be interested in reading this novel, but __________.a. my father didn’t c. my father won’t b. my father can’t d. my father isn’t

25. ‘I wonder if your sister likes seafood.’‘Oh, she _________.’ a. does b. is c. did d. was



26. ‘I don’t think Lala knows anything about computer.’‘But she ____________. She took a computer course last year.’a. knows b. know c. is d does

27. Ayu is interested in literature, and so is Hilda.The sentence means:_______________a. Ayu is interested in literature, but Hilda is not.b. Both Ayu and Hilda are interested in literaturec. Neither Ayu nor Hilda is interested in literatured. Hilda is not interested in literature, but Ayu is

28. ‘She can hardly remember me.’‘_____________.’a. but her sister doesn’t c. her sister can toob. so is her sister d. but her sister can

29. May: My father has strong coffee in the morning.July: ____________a. So has my uncle. c. My uncle did too.b. So does my uncle. d. My uncle is too.

30. Nissa : I am sorry. I came late to you party. What about Susi?Rizal : ________________a. She was too. c. So is she. b. She did too. d. So does she.

TENSES

TENSES FUNGSI POLA KETERANGAN WAKTUSimple Present Tense

Menyatakan kebiasaan yang masih berlangsung hingga sekarang.

Menyatakan kebenaran umum.

S + V1/s, es + O

Do/does + S + V1 + O ?

S + don’t/doesn’t +V1 + O

Everyday/morning/week/month/year, often, usually, generally, never, alaways, twice/three times a week. Etc.

Present Continuos Tense

Menyatakan suatu kegiatan yang sedang berlangsung sekarang.

S + is/am/are + Ving + ONow, at present, at this moment, today.

Present Perfect Tense

Menyatakan suatu kegiatan yang telah selesai dilakukan.

Menyatakan kejadian yang berulang-ulang.

Menyatakan suatu kegiatan yang baru saja selesai setelah periode waktu tertentu.

S + have/has + V3 + O

for ten years, for five hours, for three weeks, for three times, etc.

since last week, since four days ago, since last month, since 7 o’clock, since 2003, etc.

already, just, yet

Simple Past Tense

Menyatakan suatu kegiatan yang dilakukan dimasa lampau.

S + V2 + ODid +S + V1 + O?

S + didn’t + V1 + O

Yesterday, last week, last month, last year, three days ago, two hours ago, in 1999, etc.

Future tense

Menyatakan suatu kegiatan yang akan dilakukan di waktu yang akan datang.

S + will + V1 + OS + is/am/are going to + V1 +

O

Tomorrow, next month, next year, next week, tonight, etc.



Examples: The students always leave early for school. Mr. John is reading in the library now. He has just talked to me about it. I have lived in this city since 1998.

Exercise 1Choose the suitable word in the bracket1. The Setiawan family (has come) (came) to Bandung eleven years ago.2. I’m sorry. I (didn’t finish) (haven’t finish) my homework.3. The town (has had) (had ) two big snowstorms last year.4. Maya and Sasa (have made) (has made) (made) friend for four years.5. We (will sell) (sell) (have sold) the rest of the souvenirs tomorrow.6. I finally finished reading the book. At the moment, Fariz (reads) (is reading) (has read) the book.7. The swimmers (haven’t completed) (hasn’t completed) (aren’t completing) (didn’t complete) the

race yet. 8. We haven’t seen each other (since) (for) a long time.9. You look confused. (Are you understand) (Do you understand) what I said?10. Last night I came home, cooked dinner, and (watched) (watch) (have watched) TV.11. (Have you sent) (Did you send) (Are you going to send) the e-mail? We need a quick response. 12. That man (has given) (gave) (gives) (will give) his dedication to the school for 30 years.13. Does Pamela (has) (have) (had) eight brothers and sisters?14. Deer (like) (liked) salt and they are attracted to blocks of salt which people leave in their yards.15. I usually (will begin) (begin) (began) the day with a jog around the field.16. I (saw) (have seen) (see) the movie before, but I am going to watch it this weekend.17. My classmates (visit) (is going to visit) (are going to visit) (have visited) (has visited) (visited) my

uncle next holiday.18. Sam (will have) (is having) (had) (has) an accident when he was crossing the street. He broke his

leg.19. Tomorrow is my parents’ wedding anniversary. I (buy) (bought) (am buying) (have bought) (will buy)

lovely Batik for them tonight.20. Turn off the TV and don’t speak loudly, please! The baby (sleeps) (has slept) (slept) (is sleeping).

Exercise 2Write the correct tense of verbs in the parentheses in the following sentences1. Mr. Adam always (come) to class on time.2. Mother (come) to stay with us next weekend.3. He usually (write) in blue ink.4. We (go) to the theater last Sunday.5. At present, Mr. Kadir (write) a long novel about the war for independence.6. Listen! I think the telephone (ring).7. Right now Fauzan (do) the homework. He (start) doing it an hour ago.8. Last night I (go) to a party. When I (get) there, the room was full of people, some of them were

dancing and others were talking..9. Megan (be) to Pangandaran for five times. 10. Your shoes look shining. (you, polish) them with a wax before leaving home this morning?11. Jessica usually (go) to school by bus, but today she (go) on foot.12. “When (your father, buy) that nice BMW?” “He (buy) it two days ago.”13. I (call) Kasyif at 7.30 last night, but he (be) not at home.14. We may not see him next Sunday because he (have) a holiday in Jogyakarta.



15. I (see) your grandma this morning. She looked confused. I (call) her from the distance but she couldn’t hear me.

Exercise 3Choose the best answer1. Dhika usually ___ to school on foot.

a. go b. goes c. went d. going2. Hilda ____ badminton with her friend now.

a. plays b. is playing c. played d. will play3. The passengers of the airplane ____when the plane hit the mountain last week.

a. are sleeping b. slept c. have been sleeping d. were sleeping4. Do you know who ____ the book ‘Treasure Island’?

a. write b. writes c. wrote d. did write5. Ms. Veronica started teaching here in 1999. She ___ here for four years.

a. works b. has worked c. is working d. will be working6. She ___ me this postcard there days ago.

a. sends b. sent c. has sent d. will send7. Andra sometimes ___ fried rice for breakfast.

a. has b. have c. had d. is having8. The committee ____ all the celebrations tomorrow

a. will end b. have ended c. ended d. end9. We ___ the reputable senior high school when we pass the national exam next year.

a. enter b. is entering c. entered d. will enter10. My father ___ in that firm from 1980 to 1985.

a. works b. has worked c. worked d. is working11. She didn’t believe what her friend ___ her.

a. tell b. telling c. tells d. told12. I don’t ____ why he can’t come on time.

a. understood b. understand c. understanding d. understands13. The boys were swimming at the beach when the rain ____ to fall.

a. has begun b. began c. begun d. begin14. Angel sometimes ____ her Mom in Bandung twice a week.

a. visited b. visit c. visits d. has visited15. “Where is your brother?”

“In his room. He ____ a computer game.”a. plays b played c. play d. is playing

TAGS QUESTIONQuestion tags (Pertanyaan Penegas) adalah bentuk pertanyaan pendek yang digunakan untuk menegaskan pernyataan (statement). Cara membentuknya adalah dengan menambahkan pertanyaan pendek pada akhir pernyataan. Berikut contoh dalam bahasa Indonesia: Hamid menjdi pelajar terbaik di sekolah ini, bukan? Dalam Bahasa Inggris contohnya: Hamid is the best student in this school, isn’t he?Pelajari aturan pembentukan question tags berikut ini!1. Ketentuan Umum

Pada Kalimat Pernyataan (statement): Pada Question tags:1) Positif (+)2) Negatif (-)3) Kata not boleh disingkat, boleh juga tidak disingkat.4) Bisa memakai kata ganti, bisa juga tidak memakainya.

(ingat kata ganti! I, you, they, we, he, she, it)

Negatif (-) Positif (+) Kata not selalu disingkat Selalu memakai kata ganti.



1. Kalimat Pernyataan menggunakan To Be -- is, am, are, was, were atau menggunakan Modals ---- can, must, will, should, would. Maka, To Be atau Modals harus diulang pada Question Tag nya. Contoh:

He is a doctor, isn’t he? (Dia dokter, bukan?)They are all right, aren’t they? (Mereka baik-baik saja, bukan?)Jack isn’t here now, is he? (Jack tidak berada disini, bukan?)He will visit his friend in South Korea, won’t he? (Dia akan mengunjungi temannya di Korea

Selatan, bukan?)Leon can do it himself, can’t he? (Leon bis melakukannya sendiri, bukan?)Romeo was not absent yesterday. was he? (Romeo tidak absen kemarin, bukan)

BILA TIDAK ADA To Be/Auxiliary Verbs/modals nya, gunakan: do, does, did.pada Question Tag nya. (Statements dalam bentuk Simple Present tense atau simple past)Contoh:

You don’t understand his explanation, do you? Kamu tidak mengerti penjelasannya, bukan?)Brenda knows this secret, doesn’t she? (Brenda mengetahui rahasia ini, bukan?)Alex and Ahmed work together to accomplish the project, don’t they? (Alex dan Ahmed bekerja sama untuk menyelesaikan proyek tersebut, bukan?)Your parents didn’t allow you to go with us, did they? (Orang tuamu tidak mengijinkan kamu pergi bersama kami, bukan?) The writer died ten years ago, didn’t he? (penulis tersebut wafat sepuluh tahun lalu, bukan?)You wrote that poem yourself, didn’t you? (kamu menulis puisi itu sendiri, bukan?)

2. Pernyataan positive untuk I am harus ber-tag-kan aren’t I?Contoh:

I am pretty, aren’t I?I am going to get the first prize in the beauty contest, aren’t I?

Kecuali… (bila statement nya dalam bentuk negative)I am not guilty, am I?I’m not what you thought, am I?

3. Kata “have” atau “has” yang berarti mempunyai, menderita, menikmati, Tag Questionnya menggunakan do, does atau did. TETAPI JIKA ”have” atau ”has” sebagai Auxiliary Verb, maka Tag Question nya menggunakan have atau has pula.Contoh:

Steve doesn’t have any ideas, does he? (Steve tidak punya gagasan, bukan?)Ivan has two sisters, doesn’t he? (Ivan punya dua saudara perempuan, bukan?)Susan and Jamilah have an English class today, don’t they ? (Susan dan Jamilah ada pelajaran di kelas bahasa Inggris hari ini, bukan?)Tutik has been to Bali, hasn’t she? (Tutik telah ke Bali bukan?)We have met each other somewhere, haven’t we? (Kita pernah bertemu sebelumnya di suatu tempat, bukan?)Ms. Meyling hasn’t arrived yet, has she? (Meyling belum tiba, bukan?)

4. Kata ”There” dalam kalimat pernyataan tidak berubah dalam Question Tag nya.Contoh:

There is a meeting, isn’t there?5. That dalam kalimat berubah dalam Tag Question menjadi It.

Contoh:That man is Mr. Jason, isn’t it?



6. Kata-kata yang dianggap negative seperti: never (tak pernah), rarely/seldom (jarang), scarcely/hardly/barely (hamper tidak), a few/a little (sedikit) maka Question Tag nya Positive.Contoh:

Nisa never comes late, does she?You can hardly recognize him, can you?He only had a little homework, did he?

7. Kata-kata seperti: everyone, anyone, no one, everybody, anybody, nobody, someone, somebody Question Tag nya menggunakan They.Contoh:

Nobody helps her, do they?Everyone must join the enrichment program, mustn’t they?

8. Untuk kalimat perintah, Question Tag nya menggunakan Will You? (diterjemahkan dengan mau kan? Atau tolonglah.Contoh:

Give me your money, will you?Open that window, will you?

9. Untuk kalimat ajakan dengan Let’s, Question Tag nya menggunakan Shall We? (diterjemahkan dengan mau kan? Atau ayolah)Contoh:

Let’s go shopping, shall we?Let’s try again, shall we?

Exercise 1Make question tag from the following sentences!1. We really need to be careful with this machine, _______________?2. He was never late for school, _________________?3. The boy and his father saw the accident, ________________?4. You can help me with this assignment, _________________?5. Rama and I had to be there on time, __________________?6. The snow wasn’t falling too heavily, __________________?7. Elmir isn’t the strongest boy in this school, _________________?8. I am explaining this very clearly, _________________?9. Her youngest brother has graduated from junior high school, __________________?10. The children shouldn’t play all day, ____________________?11. You have failed to convince her, ___________________?12. It doesn’t take him too long to defeat Raga in yesterday’s match, _______________?13. This year will be difficult for us, _________________?14. They rarely have dinner at home, ____________________?15. Like most other students, Oscar likes math very much, ________________?16. You have never met her before, ________________?17. We need to think about it carefully, ___________________?18. She can hardly recognize us, ____________________?19. Your parents have a few children, ___________________?20. You don’t know the correct answer, __________________?21. He has never seen you before, __________________?22. They had to go home, ___________________?23. Don’t drop it, _____________________?24. Jack shouldn’t be angry, __________________?25. Listen to me, _____________________?26. You wouldn’t tell anyone, __________________?



27. I’m too fat, __________________?28. This isn’t very interesting, __________________?29. Let’s have dinner, __________________?30. You won’t mind if I go early, ___________________?

Exercise 2Choose the correct answer!1. He never comes home late, __________?

a. hasn’t he b. doesn’t he c. does he d. won’t he2. Without his glasses he can hardly see us, ____________ he?

a. can’t b. doesn’t c. can d. does3. Your sister always gets up late on Sundays, ___________?

a. isn’t she b. didn’t she c. doesn’t she d. hasn’t she4. He works hard. He seldom has time to go to parties, ______________?

a. doesn’t he b. isn’t he c. has he d. does he5. Let’s visit the Prasetyos tomorrow, ___________?

a. won’t we b. shall we c. aren’t we d. do we6. The proposal sounds promising, ______?

a. doesn’t it b. wasn’t it c. it doesn’t d. is it7. You seldom have your hair cut, ______?

a. do you b. don’t you c. did you d. are you8. There was never any talk of such a thing, ______?

a. was it b. was there c. wasn’t it d. wasn’t there9. Your uncle said that he would do his best to help you, ______?

a. didn’t you b. wouldn’t he c. didn’t he d. wouldn’t you10. She never seems to care, _________?

a. is she b. doesn’t she c. does she d. has she11. There is someone at the door, _______?

a. isn’t there b. isn’t it c. is it d. doesn’t it12. Shut the door, _______?

a. do you b. don’t you c. will you d. could you13. Let’s go to the movie, ______?

a. do we b. shall we c. can we d. would we14. His name is Paul, isn’t ______?

a. he b his c. it d. so15. Your car is new, _________?

a. isn’t it b. aren’t you c. don’t you d. didn’t you16. She’s very kind, ________?

a. hasn’t she b. doesn’t she c. isn’t she d. won’t she17. The dishes we had for lunch were all delicious, _______?

a. didn’t they b. weren’t they c. hadn’t they d. don’t they18. ‘You didn’t come to class yesterday, did you?’ ‘_____________’

a. Did I? b. Yes, I didn’t c. But I did d. Yes, I have19. I am innocent, ________?

a. am not I b. am I c. aren’t I d. do I20. I am not what you thought, _______?

a. aren’t I b. am I c. do I d. don’t I

THE USE OF CONJUNCTIONS



Conjunctions are words that are used to connect words or a group of words or sentences. Conjunctions are usually used in the adverbial clause.

1. Coordinating Conjunctions: AND, BUT, OR, NOR.Example:

Tata and his friends are coming to dinner.These shoes are old but comfortable.In my spare time, I enjoy reading novels or watching television.I don’t like milk nor cheese.

2. Correlative Conjunctions: BOTH……….AND; NOT ONLY…..…….BUT ALSO; EITHER……..….OR; NEITHER…………NOR.Example:

Both my mother and my sister are here.Not only my mother but also my sister is here.Not only my sister but also my parents are here.I’ll take either chemistry or physics next quarter.That book is neither interesting nor accurate.

3. Conjunctions that are used to connect two independent clauses: SO, FOR, YET.Example:

He was tired, so he went to bed. (meaning therefore, as a result) sehingga / oleh karena ituThe child hid behind his mother’s skirt, for he was afraid of the dog. (meaning because)

karenaHe did not study, yet he passed the exam. (meaning but, nevertheless) meski demikian

Note: a comma almost always precedes so, for and yet when they are used as conjunctions)

4. Subordinating Conjunctions: Words that introduce adverb clauses.a. Time: (waktu)

After Before When WhileAs By the time Since UntilAs soon as Once As/so long as WheneverEvery time (that) The first time (that) The last time (that) The next time (that)

b. Cause and Effect: (sebab akibat)Because Since Now that AsAs/So Long As Inasmuch As So (That) In Order ThatBecause of Due to Therefore ConsequentlySuch…..that So…..that

c. Opposition: (berlawanan)Even though Although Though Whereas WhileHowever Nevertheless Despite In spite of ButOn the other hand

d. Condition: (keadaan)If Unless Only if Whether or notEven if Providing (that) Provided (that) In case (that)In the event (that) Otherwise Or (else)



Example:After she graduates, she will get a job.I will leave before he comes.I will ask him when I see him tomorrow.Whenever I see her, I say hello.He went to the bed because he was sleepy.As she had nothing in particular to do, she called up a friend and asked her

if she wanted to take in a movie.Al didn’t study. Therefore, he failed the test.Because of the cold weather, we stayed home.I’ll go swimming tomorrow unless it’s cold.

Exercise 1Choose the correct answer1. Foreign visitors come to either Bali or_____.

a. visit Lombok b. Lombok c. staying in Lombok d. to see Lombok2. I not only study hard for the exams _____ pray.

a. but also b. or as well c. and so d. and also3. Abby works as a secretary in Caltex Company. Abby studies modeling in John Robert Powers. We

can also say: Abbny works as a secretary in Caltex Company _________ studies modeling in John Robert Powers.a. so b. but c. and d. then

4. I don’t care whether she goes _______ stay here.a. but b. or c. since d. and

5. I have been learning English __________ I was in kindergarten.a. for b. yet c. since d. after

6. Vina goes to school ___________ she has a headache.a. though b. when c. because d. but

7. I have learned how to drive a car for more than four months ________ I can’t drive.a. and b. though c. yet d. or

8. The woman cried for help but ________.a. no one was there c. someone heard her voiceb. everyone wanted to help d. she was helpless

9. Prabu is not a girl ______ a boy.a. or b. but c. and d. when

10. Which do you like, hamburger _________ pizza.a. but b. and c. or d. though

11. He came ________ the bell rang.a. when b. although c. until d. as long as

12. He likes neither coffee ______ tea.a. and b. or c. nor d. but

13. We stayed there _________ we finished our work.a. and b. until c. yet d. or

14. Alex hurt his back _________ he was chopping wood.a. and b. but c. while d. so

15. Bari is in good shape physically ________ he gets a lot of exercise.a. even though b. because c. until d. though

16. The research program will take __________ time and money.a. either b. neither c. both d. not only

17. I’m studying not only math ___________ chemistry.a. neither b. nor c. and d. but also



18. Her academic record was outstanding, _____ she was not accepted by the university.a. yet b. and c. so d. because

19. I visited the museum _______ I was in Chicago.a. after b. before c. when d. though

20. We stayed home ___________ the cold weather.a. because b. but c. because of d. and

EXPRESSIONS OF COMPARISONExpression of comparison can be classified into three:a. Expressions of Similarity

Similarity can be expressed by using:1. the same as or like

His car is the same as mineHis car is like mine

2. the same + noun + asHis car has the same color as mineHis shirt has the same price as mine

3. as + adjective/adverb + asHis car is as expensive as mineHe works as quickly as I do

NOTES:The expression as…..as is also used with many/much or many/much + noun to express similarity in quantity. (Remember, many is used with countable nouns plural, and much is used with uncountable nouns singular)

Amir eats as much as Hasan (does)Mr. Husein has as many children as Mr. Salim (does)I have as much money as you (do)

b. Expressions of DifferenceDifference is expressed by using:1. to be different from

His car is different from mine.Indonesian culture is different from American culture.

2. the negative of the sentences in a aboveHis car is not the same as mineHis car is not the same color as mineHis car is not as (so) expensive as mine

c. Expressions of DegreesThere are two degrees of comparison:1. Comparative Degree, used when comparing two things or two groups of things. Comparative

degree is form with:a. Sufix –er, when:

The adjective or adverb is of one-syllable:Tall - TallerClear - ClearerHard - HarderThe adjective or adverb ends in –y:Busy - BusierHappy - Happier

b. The word more……., when:



The adjective or adverb is of two or more syllables (with the exception of adjectives or adverbs ending in –y as mentioned above)Careful - more carefulQuiet - more quietImportant - more important

The adverbs have the suffix –ly:Carefully - more carefullyClearly - more clearlyQuickly - more quickly

Notes: Comparative degree is always followed by than2. Superlative Degree, used when comparing more than two things or two groups of things.

Superlative degree is formed with:a. Suffix –est, when:

The adjective or adverb is of one-syllable:Tall - tallestClear - clearestHard - hardest

The adjective or adverb ends in –yBusy - busiestHappy - happiestHeavy - heaviest

b. The word most……., when:The adjective or adverb is of two or more syllables (with the exception of

adjectives or adverbs ending in –y as mentioned above)Careful - most carefulQuiet - most quietImportant - most important

The adverbs have the suffix-ly :Carefully - most carefullyClearly - most clearlyQuickly - most quickly

Notes:Superlative degree is always proceeded by the definite article the and

followed by preposition in or of.He is the tallest boy in the classThe Nile is the longest river in the world

Some adjectives and adverbs have irregular comparative and superlative forms, as follows:Good - better - bestBad - worse - worstWell - better - bestMany - more - mostMuch - more - mostFar - farther - farthestLittle - less - least

Exercise 1Make the correct forms of comparison. Use the adjective or adverb in the parentheses1. Mount Everest is (high) mountain in the world.2. Everyone else was (nervous) as you were.



3. Ramdhan attends those meetings (often) than I do.4. You didn’t do this part (thoroughly) as the first.5. Mr. Lathif always drives (carelessly) than his wife.6. The weather is (warm) today than it was yesterday.7. Your example is (good) than the one in the textbook.8. My secretary is seldom gets to work (early) as I do.9. He always analyzes things (seriously) than the others.10. (Few) members come to the meeting this week than last week.11. That lesson was (good) of all.12. Young people are usually (ambitious) than older ones.13. I am (big) than he is.14. Western people usually work (hard) than Eastern people.15. This is (big) room in the building.

Exercise 2Choose the best answer1. Dicky is usually …………………….. than Harry.

a. thoughtfuler b. as thoughtful c. more thoughtful d. the most thoughtful2. That is the …………………………….. chair in this room.

a. more comfortable b. most luxurious c. expensivest d. more beautiful3. He is ……………………… a lion.

a. braver as b. as braver than c. as brave as d. bravest than4. Which of the following sentence is correct?

a. Her skin is more white than snow c. My hair is blacker as night.b. Some countries in Africa are poorer in the world d. Jakarta is on the same island as Bandung

5. The radio is 500,000 rupiahs; the television set is 1,500,000 rupiahs.Which of the following sentence is incorrect?a. The radio is not the same price as the television set.b. The television set is more expensive than the radioc. The television set is not as expensive as the radiod. The radio is cheaper than the television set

6. Jakarta is hot; Surabaya is hot.We can say that…a. Surabaya is hotter than Jakarta c. Jakarta is not as hot as Surabayab. Jakarta is as hot as Surabaya d. Surabaya is colder than Jakarta

7. Mark is always ……………………. Salim.a. serious than b. more serious than c. not serious than d. more serious

8. Ramli has two cars; Ramlan has three cars.The following sentences are true, EXCEPTa. Ramlan has more cars than Ramli (does) c. Ramli has fewer cars than Ramlan (does)b. Ramlan’s cars are more than Ramli’s cars d. Ramli has many cars than Ramlan (does)

9. Tini’s dress is yellow; Ani’s dress is yellow.We can say that….a. Tini’s dress is the same as Ani’s c. Tini’s dress is different from Ani’sb. Ani’s dress is not the same color as Tini’s d. Ani’s dress is the same from Tini’s

10. Father gave me Rp. 50.000,-; mother gave me Rp. 70.000,-The following sentences are incorrect, EXCEPT…a. Father gave me as much money as mother (did) c. Mother gave me less money than father (did)b. Father gave me more money than mother (did) d. Mother gave me more money than father (did)

11. Which of the following sentence is incorrect?a. Bandung is smaller than Jakarta c. Jakarta is more dirty than Bandung



b. Jakarta is as crowded as Bandung d. Bandung is colder than Jakarta12. Which of the following sentence is correct?

a. Indonesia is more populous than Malaysia c. Malaysia is more rich than Indonesiab. Malaysia is as larger as Indonesia d. Indonesia is older as Malaysia

13. I can run …………………….. than him.a. more fast b. fastest c. faster d. Fast

14. The following sentence is incorrect, EXCEPT?a. Taxi is more fast than City Bus c. Taxi is more comfortable than City Busb. City Bus is most expensive as d. City bus is more slow than Taxi

15. Mr. Smith works twelve hours a day; Mr. John works ten hours a day.We can say that…a. Mr John works harder than Mr. Smith does.b. Mr. Smith work’s time is shorter than Mr. John’sc. Mr. John works as hard as Mr. Smith does.d. Mr. Smith works harder than Mr. John does.

16. I bought one T-shirt yesterday.Ani bought two T-shirt yesterday.Adi bought three T-shirt yesterday.The following sentence is correct, EXCEPT…a. Adi bought the most T-shirt yesterday c. My T-shirt is fewer than Ani’sb. Ani’s T-shirt is the fewest of all d. Adi’s T-shirt is more than mine

17. Four times three is twelve; three times four is twelve.The following comparison is incorrect, EXCEPT…a. Four times three is different from three times fourb. Four times three is bigger than three times fourc. Three times four is the same as four times threed. Three times four is smaller than four times four

18. Brazil exports (much) coffee of all countries.The correct form of comparison is …a. more b. the most c. as much as d. much

19. Which of the following sentence is incorrect?a. Purnomo runs the fastest of all Indonesian athletes.b. English is not always more important than Arabic.c. My score is good than hers.d. She can do the work as easily as I can.

20. Pak Karto has ten buffaloes; Pak Sastro has ten buffaloes, too.Which of the following sentence is incorrect?a. Pak Karto has more buffaloes than Pak Sastro does.b. Pak Sastro has as many cows as Pak Karto does.c. Pak Karto’ s cows are the same as Pak Sastro’s.d. Pak Sastro’s cows are like Pak Karto’s.

PREFERENCEPreference digunakan untuk menyatakan pilihan atau lebih suka X dari pada Y. cara pembentukannya dapat dikelompokkan menjadi tiga.1) Like – better than Pola:

Contoh: He likes reading newspaper better than watching TV


S + like (s/es/d) + Ving + O1 + better than + Ving + O1 or,


She likes tea better than coffee

2) Prefer – toPola:

Contoh: They prefer playing chess to playing cards. The girls prefer orchids to roses.

3) Would rather – than Pola:

Contoh: John would rather drink juice than (drink) coke. Aisyah would rather read Qur’an than watch soap opera. I would rather ride a bicycle than go by car to school.

Exercise 1Choose the best answer1. My mother prefers staying at home ___________ working.

a. than b. to c. better than d. rather than2. I would rather _________ coffee without cream.

a. had b. to have c. have d. having3. I prefer staying at home ___________ joining my family for vacation.

a. than b. better than c. to d. rather than4. Ratu likes putting on a hat __________ wearing a veil.

a. than b. better than c. to d. rather than5. Perdana would rather type the assignment ____________ write it by hand.

a. than b. better than c. to d. rather than6. Kadita ________ eating Bakso better than hamburger.

a. likes b. prefers c. would rather d. would prefer7. Seanu ________ take a public transport than drive his own car.

a. likes b. would rather c. prefers d. would prefer8. Perdana _______ drinking milk to drinking coffee.

a. likes b. would prefer c. prefers d. would rather9. Setiawan ______ to spend his time writing a book than travel.

a. likes b. would rather c. prefers d. would prefer10. He ______ barbecue than soup.

a. prefers eating b. likes eating c. would prefer to eat d. would rather eat11. Miranti ______ play than study.

a. prefers b. likes c. would prefer d. would rather12. Mother prefers cakes _________ sweets.

a. than b. better than c. rather than d. to13. “Will you go to the park with me?”

“I’d rather _________.”a. stay here than going b. stay here than go c. stay here instead of going d. stay here from going

14. They prefer staying at home to going out at weekend.We can also say that…a. They like stay at home than go out at weekend.b. They would rather stay at home than go out at weekend.c. They will stay at home rather than go out at weekend.d. They like staying at home to going out on weekend.


S + prefer (s/es/d) + Ving + O1 + to + Ving + O1 or,

S + would rather + V1 + O1 + than + V1 + O1


15. Which of the sentences indicate preference?a. Prabu doesn’t like to apply for the job as a salesman.b. Perdana prefers karate to tae kwon do.c. Your sister had better wear jeans.d. His aunt dislikes visiting me.

16. Which one is correct?a. He prefers to give to accept something.b. He prefers giving to accepting.c. He prefers giving to accept something.d. He prefers give to accepting something.

17. Which do you like better, watching TV or going to the cinema?a. I like watching TV than going to the cinema.b. I like watching TV to going to the cinema.c. I like watching TV than going to the cinema.d. I like watching TV better than going to the cinema.

18. My sister would rather ________________a. sleep than makes rumors about people.b. sleep than making rumors about people.c. sleeping than making rumors about people.d. sleep than make rumors about people.

19. Ratu would rather ______________a. traditional houses than contemporary ones.b. have traditional houses than contemporary ones.c. traditional houses rather than contemporary ones.d. to have traditional houses than contemporary ones.

20. No one would rather ___________.a. live alone b. to live alone c. living alone d. lives alone

Exercise 2Put the words in the bracket into the correct form.1. I prefer (wear) light coat to (wear) heavy coat.2. Prabu’d rather (drive) than (travel) by train.3. We like (play) tennis better than (go) for a swim.4. Most people would rather (watch) television rather than (read) a book.5. They prefer (leave) now to (wait) a few more minutes.6. My family would rather (eat) at home rather than (go) to a restaurant.7. My boss would rather (think) about it for a while than (decide) it now.8. I would rather (not do) it now than (make) a lot of mistakes.9. I prefer (phone) my parents to (write) them a letter.10. I like (not go) for work today better than (miss) a reunion gathering.

EXCLAMATION

An exclamation is an expression used to express surprise, disbelief, anger, etc. An exclamatory phrase is formed with: what (a) + noun or how + adjective. An exclamatory phrase is usually followed by a sentence (subject + predicate).



Exercise 1Fill in the blank with “what (a)…….” Or “How …….” to complete the following exclamation.1. …………………. good idea!2. …………………. An-nisaa’ is.3. …………………. dirty this classroom is.4. …………………. far from the city An-Nisaa’ is.5. …………………. nice room you have.6. ………………… intelligent student you are.7. ………………… beautiful his daughter is.8. ………………… old man he is.9. ………………… naughty the boy is.10. ………………… naughty boy he is.Exercise 2Express your amazement based on the following situations.1. The man has five luxurious cars. (rich)

…………………………………………………………………………………………2. The girl always wins beauty contests. (beautiful)

…………………………………………………………………………………………3. There are a lot of people at the market. (crowded)

…………………………………………………………………………………………4. Shania can act, sing, and paint well. (talented)

…………………………………………………………………………………………5. The woman often gives her food and money to the poor. (generous)

…………………………………………………………………………………………6. Ms. Claire is nearly 120 years old. (old)

…………………………………………………………………………………………7. Those men can speak five languages. (clever)

…………………………………………………………………………………………8. My parents are helpful and thoughtful. (kind)

…………………………………………………………………………………………9. There is so much garbage on the floor of the classroom. (dirty)

…………………………………………………………………………………………10. Mr. Syafrudin is a very brilliant teacher.

…………………………………………………………………………………………



Exercise 3Choose the best answer.1. The bus is new and luxurious.

a. What a comfortable bus it is! c. How a bus it is!b. How comfortable bus it is! d. What comfortable the bus is!

2. _______________ Shall we go sailing?a. What day nice! b. What a day! c. How nice day ! d. How a nice!

3. Icha’s scores are excellent.a. How clever she is! c. What a clever Ratu is a girl!b. What clever she is! d. How clever girl Ratu is!

4. Nobody can answer the question.a. How difficult the question is! c. How is the question difficult?b. What the question it is! d. What is the question!

5. Mr. James has written more than 60 books.a. What a prolific writer Mr. James is! c. What a prolific Mr. James is!b. How a writer Mr. James is! d. It is Mr. James how prolific!

6. Prabu reads a novel of 390 pages only in one day.a. What quickly he reads! c. How quickly he reads!b. How quick he reads! d. What a quickly he reads!

7. I don’t drive as carelessly as your brother.a. What a careful driver your brother is! c. How careless I drive!b. What a careless driver I am! d. How carefully I drive!

8. Samson can lift that heavy box.a. How heavy Perdana is! c. How a heavy boy Perdana is!b. What a strong boy Perdana is! d. What perdana!

9. Dewi cooks delicious meal.a. What a meal! c. What cooking Nunik is delicious!b. How delicious meals cooked by Nunik! d. How cooking Nunik’s meal!

10. Krisdayanti can sing beautifully.a. What beautiful voice she has! c. What a song Krisdayanti sings!b. How beautiful voice she has! d. How beautiful song it is!

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

1. Using Subject Pronouns:Who : Used for peopleWhich : Used for thingsThat : Used for both people and thingsExamples: I thanked the woman. She helped me. = I thanked the woman who helped me.

I thanked the woman that helped me. The book is mine. It is on the table. = The book which is on the table is mine.

The book that is on the table is mine.2. Using Object Pronouns:

Who(m) : Used for peopleWhich : Used for thingsThat : Used for both people and thingsExample: The man was Mr. Jones. I saw him. = The man who(m) I saw was Mr. Jones.

The man that I saw was Mr. Jones. [email protected] 119


The man Ω I saw was Mr. Jones.3. Using Whose

Whose is used to show possession. Whose usually modifies “people” but it may also be used to modify “things”.Example: I know the man.

His bicycle was stolen. = I know the man whose bicycle was stolen. Mr. Catt has a painting.

Its value is inestimable = Mr. Catt has a painting whose value is inestimable.

4. Using WhereWhere is used in an adjective clause to modify a place (city, country, room, house, etc.). if Where is used, a preposition is not included in the adjective clause. If Where is not used, the preposition must be included.Example: The building is very old.

He lives there (in that building). = The building where he lives is very old.The building in which he lives is very old.The building which he lives in is very old.The building that he lives in is very old.The building Ω he lives in is very old.

5. Using WhenWhen is used in an adjective clause to modify a noun of time (year, day, time, century, etc). Example:I’ll never forget the day.I met you then (on that day). = I’ll never forget the day when I met you.

I’ll never forget the day on which I met you.I’ll never forget the day that I met you.I’ll never forget the day I met you.

Exercise 1Fill in the blank with who, whom, which, whose, when, where, why, or that.1. The radio _______ you put on the table is missing.2. The girl __________ is walking with Ratu is my neighbor.3. The assignment _________ we did yesterday was quite easy.4. The man _________ you just met is a very famous writer.5. We met a woman __________ name was very unusual.6. The box in _________ she put the gift was very attractive.7. The house __________ my friend lives is beautiful.8. The subject __________ the teacher teaches is very interesting.9. The mango __________ you are eating is ripe.10. The girl __________ you sent the letter has just here.

Exercise 2Combine the sentences, using the second sentence as an adjective clause.1. The book was good. I read it.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………2. The meeting was interesting. I went to it.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………3. I apologized to the woman. I spilled her coffee.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………4. The town is small. I grew up there (in that town).



……………………………………………………………………………………………………………5. Monday is the day. We will come then (on that day).

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………6. The girl is happy. She won the race.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………7. I like the composition. You wrote it.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………8. The man was very kind. I talked to him yesterday.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………9. The man called the police. His wallet was stolen.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………10. That is the drawer. I keep my jewelry there (in that drawer).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………,

Exercise 3Choose the best answer.1. General Sudirman is a man _________ we are all admire.

a. who b. where c. whom d. which2. The doctor _________ came here last night is my uncle.

a. whom b. which c. who d. where3. Our friend Prabu __________ father teaches in ITB is absent today.

a. why b. whom c. who d. whose4. We do not know the man _________.

a. where he comes from b. whose house that is c. who lives in that house d. when he comes5. The child _________ helped you yesterday is here.

a. whom b. which c. who d. that6. This is not the shirt ________ I bought yesterday.

a. which b. that c. who d. when7. This looks like the pen _____________.

a. where I bought it b. when I lost it c. which I bought yesterday d. whom I saw yesterday

8. The school ________ I study is near a bus-station.a. where b. who c. which d. whom

9. I have forgotten the house ________________.a. where I was born b. when I was born c. why I was born d. which I was born

10. Did it happen ___________?a. why father went out c. with whom father went outb. when father went out d. that father went out

11. That is the reason ____________.a. where he was born c. who was thereb. why she had gone away d. when will they come

12. The dog __________ we’re looking for is at home.a. who b. whose c. whom d. which

13. The doctor ___________ has examined you wants to see you.a. which b. who c. whom d. whose

14. Did you lose the pen _____________?a. I gave you last week c. that you borrowed it from meb. whom you use at school d. which you used to write yesterday

15. The moon, ___________, shines at night.a. who is above us c. whom you always see b. where it is in the sky d. which is the earth’s satellite



16. The school __________ is an SMP.a. which I study b. where I study c. when I study d. why I study

17. There was a carpenter ________ lived with his family near a deep river.a. who b. whom c. whose d. which

18. Mr. Abbas ____________ son is my classmate is a manager in a big company.a. who b. whom c. which d. whose

19. The girl ____________ her mother was looking for was afraid to go home.a. who b. whom c. whose d. which

20. The kite __________ he is flying is made of used paper.a. who b. whom c. whose d. which

Paket 1 The text is for question number 1 to 4

An Internal ErrorMichael and his wife plan to take a vacation in Florida. At the last minute the wife has to go to a

business meeting. The husband goes ahead; the wife agrees to meet him in a couple days. While they’re apart the husband sends his wife an e-mail; but accidentally sends it to a woman whose husband has died recently. After reading the message, she passes out cold.

Her daughter wondering what had disturbed her mother so much reads the e-mail: “Dear darling. I have really missed you! I am looking forward for your arrival tomorrow. Oh, and it’s really hot down here!”1. Who receive Michael’s e-mail based on the text above?

a. His wifeb. His daughterc. A woman whose husband has died recentlyd. A woman whose husband is still alive

2. Where will Michael and his wife take a vacation?a. New York c. Floridab. London d. Hawaii

3. Michael and his wife plan to take a vacation in Florida. The word printed in bold means…..a. take a permission c. leisure time


LATIHAN SOAL UN


b. wasting time d. take a picnic4. How does the writer make the scene funny?

a. By giving a funny character in the storyb. By presenting a mistake delivery of e-mailc. By presenting a personal commentd. By giving a twist in one event

5. ……………, doesn’t he?a. Mr. Agus has posted the letterb. Mr. Agus has a lot of letters to be postedc. Mr. Agus doesn’t go to the post officed. Mr. Agus hasn’t gone to the post office

6. Afifa : Look! Monas is very tall.Dina : Is it?Afifa : Yes, it is our national monument pride!Dina : Wow, ………………….!a. What is a monumentb. How tall is a Monasc. What a tall monument it isd. How Monas it is

7. The boys were swimming at the beach when the rain ………. to fall.a. has begun c. beginsb. began d. was beginning

8. I think that my mother will be interested in watching this film, but …………….a. my father will too c. my father didn’tb. my father isn’t d. my father won’t

9. I have learned how to ride a bicycle since I was a kid ……… I can’t ride.a. or c. yetb. and d. though

10. Dita’s dress is yellow. Shika’s dress is yellow.We can say that……a. Dita’s dress is not the same colour as Shika’sb. Dita’s dress is different from Shika’sc. Shika’s dress is the same yellow as Dita’sd. Dita’s dress is not different as Shika’s

The text is for question number 11 – 13

The human heart is divided into four chambers, each of which serves its own function in the cycle of pumping blood. The atria are the thin-walled upper chambers that gather blood as it flows from the veins between heartbeats. The ventricles are the thick-walled lower chambers that receive blood from the atria and push it into the arteries with each contraction of the heart. The left atrium and ventricle work separately from those on the right. The role of the chambers on the right side of the heart is to receive oxygen-depleted blood from the body tissues and send it on to the lungs; the chambers on the left side of the heart of the heart then receive the oxygen-enriched blood from the lungs and send it back out to the body tissues.11. The passage indicates that the ventricles…

a. have relatively thin wallsb. send blood to the atriac. are above the atriad. force blood into the arteries

12. According to the passage, when is blood pushed into the arteries from the ventricles? [email protected] 123


a. As the heart beatsb. Between heart beatsc. Before each contraction of the heartd. Before it is received by the atria

48. According to the passage, which part of the heart gets blood from the body tissues and passes it on to the lungs?a. The atriab. The ventriclesc. The right atrium and ventricled. The left atrium and ventricle

What does the notice mean?a. The dustbin must be thrown away by the studentsb. The rubbish in the dustbin must be thrown awayc. Students must not have rubbish in the schoold. Students should throw the rubbish into the dustbin

15. They prefer staying at home to going out at weekend. We can also say that………a. They like stay at home than go out at weekendb. They would rather stay at home than go out at weekendc. They would prefer stay at home than go out at weekendd. They like staying at home to going out at weekend

16. The girl ………… her mother was looking for was afraid to go home.a. whose c. whob. which d. whom

17. Arrange these jumbled sentences into a good order!1 He plays football very well2 They like him very much3 He has a lot of friends4 Muhammad “Kaka” Rijkaard is my neighbour5 Because he is a good football player6 He is Persija football playera. 6 – 4 – 3 – 2 – 1 – 5 c. 6 – 4 – 1 – 3 – 2 – 5 b. 4 – 6 – 3 – 2 – 1 – 5 d. 4 – 6 – 1 – 3 – 2 – 5

18. A : I’ll get the final examination tomorrow.B : ………………a. I think you’ll get bad mark c. I don’t know about itb. I’m sorry to hear that d. I hope you’ll pass it

19. Vina : There are so many foreign tourists in this town, ……..?a. aren’t they c. don’t theyb. isn’t it d. aren’t there

20. Adi gets seven for his English. Jason gets eight; Yudha gets nine, while Rangga gets six. a. Adi is as clever as Jasonb. Rangga is the cleverest studentc. Yudha is the best studentd. Jason is cleverer than Yudha


REPORT FROM THE TAMIL NADU FIRE SERVICES

Till the morning of 26 December 2004, the common man in India had not heard the word tsunami. Within an hour of the incident it became a household word. What exactly is a tsunami?


THROW THE RUBBISHINTO THE DUSTBIN


A tsunami (pronounced ‘tsunami’) literally means a ‘harbor wave’. It is really a series of waves with extremely long wavelength and wave period. The wave is produced by a disturbance in the seabed by a powerful earthquake or a volcano eruption.

A tsunami is different from a tidal wave. The tidal wave is produced by the gravitational pull of the moon. The tsunami is a wave motion created by a disturbance in the seabed. It is comparable to the waves produced in a basin of water if the bottom is struck. You can see the ripples of water flowing from the spot you hit going outwards. Only in this incident God’s basin is huge and the wave produced is several meters high.

The casualties from the tsunami number nearly 221,100. in Indonesia alone the number is close to 166,320. Besides these, there are casualties in Sri Lanka, Thailand and Burma.

21. From the text, a wave motion created by a disturbance in the seabed is …………a. a tidal wave c. The tsunamib. high wave d. Storm

22. Tsunami is one of ……….a. Earthquake c. Volcano eruptionb. Disasters d. Storm

23. It is comparable to the waves …( paragraph 3)The word ‘it’ refers to …….a. The tsunami c. A disturbanceb. The ship d. Wave

Complete the paragraph.There …..(24)…. many programmes to watch during the evening. At six o’clock, there is “ Ayat-ayat Qur’an”. I ….(25)… to watch “Catch Me If You Can” at six thirty. It is ….(26)… interesting. At seven o’clock, there is the “National Geographic”. My father usually …(27)… that. All the family like to watch the “World News” at nine.

24. a. is c. wasb. has d. are

25. a. liked c. likingb. like d. has liked

26. a. too c. veryb. more d. much

27. a. watching c. watchedb. watches d. is watching

28. Nina : Who is that boy in the blue T-shirt?Friska: That’s Raga. He is the one …….a. which car we borrowedb. who we met at the school party last weekc. who cycle to schoold. whom play basketball very well

29. Shilla : You look terrible! What’s the matter?Citta : I’ve got a headache……………….Shilla : Sure, I’ll take it for you.a. Will you take me to the doctor?b. Do you have any ideas?c. Can you get me an aspirin?d. Could you call me a doctor?

The text is for number 30 to 32Indonesian Nasi Goreng

Ingredients:



2 eggs 1 cup water 1 plate rice 1 cup chopped, cooked chicken ½ cup sliced beans (fresh or frozen)How to make it:Lightly beat eggs. Heat a little oil in a pan, pour a thin layer of eggs and cook over a medium heat until set. Turn out and cook remaining egg the same way. Cool and cut into thin strips. Bring water to boil. Stir in rice, chicken and beans, cover and simmer gently for 8 minutes. Add half the egg strips, stir well, replace lid and allow to stand for 2 minutes before serving, garnish with remaining egg strips.

30. What must we do first if we want to make Indonesian Nasi Goreng?a. Bring water to boilb. Heat a little oil in a panc. Cut the eggs into thin stripsd. Beat eggs lightly

31. What is the material for the decoration in the procedure above?a. Sliced beans c. Egg stripsb. Sliced cucumber d. Fresh lettuce

32. …cover and simmer gently for 8 minutes. The word printed in bold has the same meaning with…a. cut c. cookb. beat d. stir

33. has – usually – my brother – exercises – on Sundays1 2 3 4 5The good arrangement is ……….a. 3 – 1 – 4 – 2 – 5 c. 5 – 2 – 1 – 3 – 4 b. 3 – 2 – 1 – 4 – 5 d. 3 – 1 – 2 – 5 – 4

34. Zahra : How do you like your chicken soup?Ayu : I like it hot.Zahra : So, you can add ……. spicy sauce.a. a few c. a littleb. many d. any

35. Many craftsmen have more than twenty years of experience in producing shoes, ……….?a. aren’t they c. didn’t theyb. don’t they d. haven’t they

36. Ihsan : Ivan’s wallet was lost yesterday at school.Kamal : He must be very up set because he must pay

school fee today.The italic phrase shows us that …a. Kamal is happy to hear the newsb. Kamal feels sorry about Ivanc. Ihsan really like to hear the newsd. Kamal and Ihsan like Ivan very much

37. My father buys a new car.The car is blue.It’s good and big.The sentences above can be combined into…a. My father buys a new blue good big car.b. My father buys a blue good big new car.c. My father buys a big good new blue car.d. My father buys a good big new blue car.



38. I had a plane ticket for the first flight, but I failed to fly because of some reasons. The flight was postponed for more than 2 hours. The underlined word means…..a. cancelled c. withdrawnb. crashed d. delayed

The text is for number 39 to 43Dear Human Being,Put aside your axe, your hammer, or your rifle, and lend us your ear for a moment. God

created us, humans and animals, to live together in harmony on our planet – Earth. He gave us trees, plants, rivers, mountains and many other things for our needs and enjoyment. In all our different forms and characters, we make up everything that sets us apart from other planets.

The only thing is that you, as a human being, were made a little superior to any of us. You were given a little more intelligence and more of just everything else so that you can do more. You, with all the skills given to you, are able to invent tools, erect buildings, and make works of art. In other words, you have the power to rule the world.

You do as you wish: you maim, you kill, you destroy, all in the name of development. But what do you really gain? What about us animals and our habitats? You ignore our needs, and are intentionally blind to our fate.

Unlike you, we don’t have the ability to create things. Aside from our instincts, we rely on our bodies alone: our fur, our feathers, our muscles… But just like you, we know the joys and sorrows of living: the taste of freedom and the glory of every new day; the pangs of hunger and the pains of death. We, like you, love our children, and cry when one of them dies.

But even if we are less than what you are, we, too, are creatures of God. We also have the right to live and to have our own place in this world. You cannot deny us this right.

We know you need us to survive. Take what you need from us and our environment, but don’t take it all. If you take everything from us, in the end you will have nothing. If you destroy us, you will destroy yourselves. So please, let us be.

Respectfully,Your fellow creatures on Earth

39. The sentence “Put aside your axe, your hammer, or your rifle…” indicates that …a. people like to use toolsb. people depend on their hands a lotc. people are busy creaturesd. people love to make handicraft

40. What impression do you have of human beings from the passage?a. They are clever but selfishb. They are clever and wisec. They are diligent but stupidd. They are stupid but wise

41. Which statement is NOT true according to the passage?a. Humans and animals are alike in some waysb. Animals, like humans, depend on their environmentc. Humans are considerate to their fellow creaturesd. Animals don’t have abilities like humans

42. What is the tone of the passage?a. miserable c. persuasiveb. authoritarian d. joyful

43. … are able to invent tools, erect buildings, and make ….. (paragraph 2, line 5). The word printed in bold has the opposite meaning with ….a. raise b. build c. crash d. put up



44. What is the picture for?a. To dig the soil b.To cut the grass c.To water the flowers d.To cut the paper

45. Nadya : Is air also a natural resources?Mr. Budi : Well, in fact, it is one of our most natural resources. We will die without enough air to

breathe.Nadya : But in big cities the air has been polluted.Mr. Budi : You’re right. The air in some cities has become polluted …... the factory chimneys

pour smokes in the sky, car and other vehicles emit gas that mixed with the air.a. so b. because c. although d. and

46. Mrs. Ulies: Wait a minute. Your name is Reza, …..Reza : Yes, Ma’am. You’re right.a. aren’t you? b. don’t you? c. do you? d. isn’t it?

47. Tasya : Have you heard that the Merapi Mountain erupted last night?Azizah: Do you know how many animals were killed?Tasya : All. ……….. of them was safe. a. both b. some c. none d. each

48. Father : Where are my spectacles honey?Mother : You …….leave them in the living room. You

read the newspaper there. a. can b. should c. might d. would

49. Devo : Have you decided to buy the computer today?Tata : I can’t say for sure. I will buy it ……………….a. if my father gave me the moneyb. if it is expensivec. if the price goes downd. if I were a rich man

The text is for number 50 to 53

Farmers usually start to cultivate their field in the wet season. Before cultivating, they prepare their ....(50).... like hoes, sickles, rakes and ploughs. They also prepare their cows or buffaloes. The cows or buffaloes are very important for farmers to pull the ....(51).... to cultivate the rice field. It is a ....(52).... way.50.

a. Machines b.Tools c.Appliances d.utensils51.

a. Plough b.Tractor c.Spade d.rake52.

a. Modern b.Traditional c.Simple d.nice

53. Alex : You look fit. Do you always go to a fitness centre? Rudy : Not really. I haven't got much time, but every morning I go jogging. Alex : I see. That's why you're so fit. Rudy : That's correct. If you want to stay fit you should exercise ........a. continuityb. continuec. continuouslyd. continuous

54. they – fresh – still – are – flowers – vase – the – in – 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

are – the – although 9 10 11

The best arrangement of the words is……. [email protected] 128


a. 11 – 10 – 5 – 4 – 8 – 7 – 6 – 1 – 9 – 3 – 2 b. 4 – 5 – 10 – 11 – 6 – 7 – 8 – 2 – 3 – 9 – 1 c. 11 – 10 – 9 – 8 – 7 – 6 – 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 – 1 d. 7 – 6 – 5 – 1 – 2 – 3 – 11 – 10 – 4 – 9 – 8

55. X : Would you like me to open the window?Y : ………a. Certainly, wait a minute, please!b. No, thanks.c. I’m sorry to hear that.d. I’m afraid I can’t.

56. The paramedics carried the injured man from the hospital reception to the operating theatre on …..a. a bandage c. a sofab. a wheelchair d. an ambulance

57. Mr. Poltak’s son gave some money to the beggar. …….. is a kind man.a. Mr. Poltak c. the beggarb. He d. The money

58. I met Sally when I ……… to the office this morning.a. walked c. wentb. was driving d. had gone

59. Shasa hasn’t finished her exercise yet. She ……….it since 7 this morning.a. is doing c. was doingb. has done d. has been doing

60. Dita : I don’t think Shilla knows anything about computer.

Vina : But she …….. She took a computer course last year.

a. knows c. isb. does d. was

Paket 2 Bacaan untuk soal nomor 1 sampai dengan nomor 3 My father died of cancer five years ago when I was 3 years old. He left my mother and me, their only boy. Last year my mother married Mr. Daud. He was a widower and he had got two children, Andi and Siska. Mr. Daud now becomes my step father. Andi and Siska become my step brother and step sister. Both of them are older than me. We live happily in my step father's house. Now, we are waiting for the birth of my mother's baby.

1. How many children did Mr.Daud have before he married the writer's mother?a. None b. One c. Two d. Three

2. What is the relationship between the writer, Andi and Siska?a. Andi and Siska are the writer's cousins.b. The writer is Andi and Siska's step brother.c. Andi and Siska are the writer's brother and sister.d. The writer is Andi and Siska's children.

3. "He was a widower" (line 2 and 3)What does "he" refer to? "He" refers to ....a. the writer's father b. the writer c. the only boy d. Mr. Daud

[email protected]

Number of correct

answersscore

………/6

129

LATIHAN SOAL UN


4. Librarian : Stop talking, please! You disturb other visitors. Students : ... We didn't mean it.

a. We are sorry. b. We are disappointed c. We are happy d. We are displeased5. Putri wants to apply for a job. Now the manager is interviewing her.

Mr. Susilo : What foreign language can you speak? Putri : English and French.

Mr. Susilo : ...Putri : Yes, fifty words a minute.a. Can you help me? c. Can you type?b. Can you write letters? d. Would you type this letter?

6. Mr. Hasan : Would you get me a cup of tea, please?Housemaid : I am sorry, sir. ... no tea left. We have only coffee.a. There is b. There isn't c. There are d. There aren't

7. A : Can you take my umbrella, please?B : There are four umbrellas here. . . . is yours? A : The

black one, please.a. What b. Which c. What sort d. Where

8. Winda : Look ! The flowers are beautiful.Who ... them?

Lidya : I did, and I watered them regularly.a. are planting b. planted c. plants d. plant

9. Lidya : There is not any sugar left, Ratna. We need ... to make cakes.Ratna : Okay, I'll buy it then. Do we need eggs, too?Lidya : No, we don’t.a. many b. a lot c. a few d. any

Bacaan untuk soal nomor 10 sampai dengan 14Your body needs energy, protein, minerals, vitamins, and fibre. In order to get

all of these, it is important to have a varied and balanced diet, and to eat the right amount of food. Your body "burns" food to energy : the amount of energy provided by food is measured in units called calories.

How many calories do you need? This depends on your weight and on what you do. When you are asleep, your body uses nearly one calorie an hour for every kilogram of weight. So a person who weights seventy kilos uses about 560 calories while sleeping for eight hours. More calories are needed for different activities -from 100 calories an hour for reading or watching TV, to 350 calories an hour for playing football.

To calculate the number of calories needed per day for an everage person, first find out the person's ideal weight. Then multiply the weight by 40 for a woman or 46 for a man. A 60 - kilo woman may need about 2400 calories a day - more if she does heavy physical work and less if she is very inactive.

10. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text?a. To read something for an hour, a person needs 100 calories.b. A person needs 350 calories per hour to play football.c. Inactive persons do not need calories at all.d. Food is burnt by the body to get energy.



11. How many calories do we need? It depends on ....a. how old we are c. our weight and what we dob. how heavy we are d. our age and our weight

12. The text mainly tells us about ....a. energy c. proteinb. calories d. minerals

13. A sportsman will need ... a businessman.a. as many calories as c. more calories thanb. not so many calories as d. less calories than

14. "more if she does heavy physical work and less if she is very inactive."The underlined word means ....

a. very active c. rather activeb. quite active d. not active

15. Suci : What's the matter with you? Bella : I've got a headache. Suci : Yes, of course.

a. Could you get me an "Oskadon", please?b. What about going to the doctor?c. Why don't you go and see a doctor?d. Could I help you?

16. Mrs. Yanto : What about our new uniform? Are you going to sew it yourself?Mrs. Fakih : No, I'm not. I ... to the dressmaker next Sunday.

a. go c. have goneb. went d. will go

Bacaan untuk soal nomor 18 sampai dengan 22 Selling Newspaper for Pocket Money

Yanto lives not very far from my house. He goes to an SMP in the afternoon and in the morning he sells newspaper around our neighbourhood. His father was a government employee. He retired two years ago. Now he runs a small shop beside their house. We can buy groceries in Pak Mario's shop. The prices are reasonable so people like to go shopping there.

Yanto can collect six to seven hundred rupiahs from selling newspaper everyday. He spends it for his pocket money. Yanto saves some of his money in the bank.

Two months ago, during the school holiday, Yanto withdrew some money from the bank and with his family he went to visit his grandmother. Mrs. Mario's mother was happy to see her daughter, son-in-law, and her grandchildren. They stayed for a week in Kampung Tanjung. Yanto, his sister, and his little brother enjoyed the holiday very much. They went to the rice fields, swam in the river, and learnt some Javanese songs from the village children. Yanto promised himself to come again the following year.

18. Who is Yanto?a. My neighbour.b. Mr. Mario's son.c. Mr. Mario's grandson.



d. A government employee.19. What is the main idea of paragraph two?

a. Yanto cashed his saving in the bank two months ago.b. Yanto can save money from selling newspaper.c. Mrs. Mario's mother is Yanto's grandmother.d. Yanto spends a lot of money for his pocket money.

20. Mr. Mario has ... children.a. one c. threeb. two d. four

21. Yanto's grandmother is probably living ....a. not far from Yanto's houseb. at the same "Kampung" as Yanto'sc. in the cityd. in a village

22. "The prices are reasonable so people like to go shopping there." (paragraph 1)The word 'there' refers to ....

a. a small house c. the grocery storeb. Mr. Mario's shop d. the market

23. Ardiyono : Have you got any plans for us on Sunday morning, Agus?Agus : Yes, we ... to the Safari Park next Sunday.Ardiyono : Oh, it's great!

a. go c. were goingb. went d. are going to go

24. Officer : Could I have your name, please?Ali Topan: It's Topan. Ali Topan.Officer : And ... are you, Mr. Topan?Ali Topan: I'm 25 years.

a. how old c. how bigb. how tall d. how heavy

25. Ida : May I go to the concert tonight, Father?Father : . . . You have to study for your final exam.Ida : But I really want to.Father : You can go next time.

a. Of course, you may. c. Yes, please.b. Why not. d. It’s not a good idea

Bacaan untuk soal nomor 26 sampai dengan 28

DOME March 10thPub, Karaoke & CaféPresent Tuesday Evergreen Singers show from Jakarta:

Paramitha Rusady & Desy Ratnasari with Imperial BandFor this month

DOME will perform Michael Jackson from AmericaReservation:Jl. Tunjungan 102 Surabaya

26. What is Dome? It's the name of the . . . .a. singer c. showb. band d. cafe

27. When will Michael Jackson have a show in the café?a. After March 10th c. On March 10th



b. Before March 10th d. Next April28. What does the advertisement tell you about?

a. Where the singers come fromb. What events there are in the caféc. Who the owner of the café isd. Where the café is


29. How many people have seen the films at Atrium in three months?a. 24,086 c. 25,625 b.24,733 d. 26,243

30. Which cinema has the least audience?a. Nusantara c. Atrium b.Plaza Senayan d. Metropole

31. Yani : Where are you going next holiday?Didin : ... yet, but I might go to Solo.

a. I don't doubt c. I'm not sureb. I'm ready d. I don't believe

32. Rosa : Next Sunday we will have a holiday, won't we? What about going to Mount Bromo?Rima : ... because the air in Mount Bromo is too cold. I am sure we cannot stand of it.

a. I disagree c. That's a good ideab. I agree with you d. There is no doubt about it

33. Look at the pictures!

The rice cooker is ... than the iron.

a. expensivec. more

expensiveb. as expensive as

d. most expensive

34. Tourist A : Jakarta is a lovely city, ... Tourist B : Well, but I prefer Yogyakarta.

a. is it? c. isn't it?b. does it? d. doesn't it?

Bacaan untuk soal nomor 35 sampai dengan 38 You won't believe your eyes, you'd think you were in a sultan's palace in an age gone by, but you're in the Puri Agung Convention Centre. The sheer size and the grand scale of which is unlike anything, anywhere.

Featuring traditional Javanese architecture and symbols, with the colors and lighting in keeping with ultra-modern taste. The Puri Agung can accommodate up to 4,000

[email protected]

CinemasNumbers of Audience

May June July

Nusantara Metropole Plaza Senayan Atrium

8,706 9,851 7,686 6,182

9,576 7,869 8,607 9,141

7,343 7,013 7,876 8,763

Rp . 109.900,00 Rp. 199.900,00

133

Rp. 89.900,00


guests for cocktails, 3,000 in theatre and 2,000 classroom style or 1,600 for sitdown dinner. It has a complete array of electronic and audio visual equipment that a convention could possibly need.And where is this luxurious news taste of the art convention centre located? In Singapore, Hong Kong, or San Francisco? Not in the least. It's the new Sahid Jaya Hotel & Tower Convention Centre on Jalan Jenderal Sudirman in the heart of Jakarta.

86, Jalan Jenderal Sudirman,

Jakarta 10220-lndonesiaTlx. 46331 SAHID IA.

Tel. (021) 5704444Fax. (021) 583168

35. What does the advertisement offer us?a. A luxurious art. c. A good accommodation.b. A traditional architecture. d. A complete array of electronic.

36. X : How many guests can the Puri Agung accommodate?Y : It can accommodate up to ....

a. 4,000 c. 2,000b. 3,000 d. 1,600

37. The following statements are right about Sahid Jaya Hotel excepta. It has an art convention centre.b. It's located at 86, Jl. Jenderal Sudirman.c. It can accommodate 1,600 people for sit down dinner.d. It is the best place for a complete audio visual equipment.

38. "It has a complete array of electronic ...". "It" in the sentence refers to ......a. Sahid Jaya Hotel c. Sit down dinnerb. Classroom Style d. the Puri Agung

39. Ali and Ani had a vacation. They went to Prapat. They wanted to visit Hadi's family. Mr. Anwar, Ali and Ani's father, went together with them. They went there by bus. They left Medan at six o'clock in the morning and arrived in Prapat at nine. Edi and Tati were waiting for them at the bus station.

What is the main idea of the paragraph above?a. Ali and Ani's vacation.b. The Hadi family wanted to visit Prapat.c. The Anwar family went to Prapat to visit the Hadi's.d. Edi and Tati were waiting for them at the bus station.

40. Santy : Nobody can buy the computer. It's ... expensive for us.Bella : I know, but remember we badly need it, don't we?Santy : That's right but let's try to get the cheap one.

a. rather c. fairlyb. a bit d. too

41. Laila : I dropped by Mr. Alfa' s house but I met ... there.Pesta : Did anybody tell you where he went?Laila : No.

a. everyone c. anyoneb. someone d. no one

42. Choose the right order of the following sentences.1. It takes place within three or more days.2. The more important the person who dies, the more buffaloes they kill.3. It is carried out in honour of the dead person.4. One of the Torajan traditions is the funeral.



5. It is done by slaughtering a water buffallo.a. 2, 5, 4, 3, 1 c. 4, 3, 1, 5, 2b. 2, 3, 5, 4, 1 d. 4, 3, 5, 2, 1

43. Santi : Wow! It's cool and nice. And, look at this seat and that TV ...Rinto : Yeah, you're right.

a. What is a luxurious train? c. What a luxurious train it is!b. What train is luxurious? d. What is it? A luxurious train

Bacaan untuk soal nomor 44 sampai dengan 47 The Manager of KEN TOUR Jl. Ahmad Yani 12 Surabaya.Dear sir,

We are sorry to complain about the service that your travel agency provided on our school holiday Bali Tour Feb, 22 - 24.

First, on our arrival we had to stay outside despite of our tiredness after 12 hours. The people in charge said that all the rooms were still occupied by another tour group. We were welcomed to check in after 5 hours of waiting. That means our tour was two hours delayed. Consequently we missed one of the places to visit.

At dinner time, many of us found no food left so we bought dinner outside. We look forward to receiving your response.Thank you, Yours faithfully Andi Lala

44. The text above is a letter of....a. application c. introductionb. invitation d. complaint

45. The writer feels disappointed about the following, excepta. the amount of dinner c. the late welcome from the hotelb. the canceling of one place d. the traveling

46. How long was the tour?a. 5 hours c. 2 daysb. 12 hours d. 3 days

47. Which statement is NOT TRUE?a. The name of the company is Ken Tour.b. The Travel agency did not arrange the tour well.c. The students spent their holiday in Bali.d. The tour was successful.

48. Rini : Did you see the play in the cultural night?Bella : Yes, I did. But the story was boring and the actors were not good.Rini : ... you did not watch the play up to the end and went home.Bella : You're right.

a. Becauseb. Soc. Thoughd. However




Amin :Wow, there's 'Jakarta Post' here. Akbar : You should ... (49) …English newspaper. Mega :I know it's very useful for us as students. Not only do we get

interesting things but we can also improve our English. Akbar :I think so. That's why I read it.Amin :But how do you get the paper? Do you buy or borrow it from the library?Akbar :No, my father ... (50) to the Jakarta Post.

49. a. speak b. listen c. write d. read50. a. sells b. subscribes c. reportsd. d. takes

51. Zein : Can Edelweis grow anywhere in Indonesia?Bob : ... According to the theory, it can only grow in a certain place.Zein : Are you sure?Bob : Yes. If you don't believe it, let's ask our biology teacher, Mr. Abraham.

a. It's possible. c. It's impossible.b. I hope so. d. I think so

52. Brad : ... The lion is dangerous. Pitt : Thank you.

a. Don't move! c. Be careful!b. Watch out! d. Look out!

53. Rina : Look! The baby zebra cannot find its food.Anto : It doesn't know the danger in its surrounding .... Rina : I think so.

a. too c. sob. either d. neither

54. Raka What are these plants in the pot for?Kiki I am doing my experiment.Raka What do you want to prove?Kiki The importance of water for the plants.Raka What do you get?Kiki Look! This plant grows well, ... that one doesn't. Because I treat them differently.

a. although c. butb. so d. when

55. Hafifi : What do you think of Ronaldo?Habib : He's . . . confident but also strong.

a. nor c. ratherb. both d. not only

56. Rearrange the sentences into a good paragraph!1 It covers an area of 8.000 square kilometers2 It is situated in North Sumatera3 The Leuser National Park is the largest park in South East Asia4 It is a part of Bukit Barisan range of mountains

a. 2 – 4 – 3 – 1 c. 3 – 2 – 4 – 1 b. 3 – 4 – 1 – 2 d. 4 – 3 – 1 – 2

57. X : Did you watch the sport program on TV last night?Y : Yes, of course. I think Taufik Hidayat will be a champion in the Indonesia Open

Tournament. X : I think so. He played ... than before.a. carefully c. the most carefullyb. more carefully d. as carefully



58. It belongs to reptile; it has four legs.It uses its tail as weapon when it fights.It is originally from one of the islands of the Indonesian Archipelago.People call its name the same as its place of origin. What animal is it?

a. Crocodile c. Phytonb. Alligator d. Komodo

59. Yuni : Will you come to the meeting?Bob : I don't know. I can't make up my mind. What's the topic we're going to talk about?Yuni : Water supplies for our village. It's interesting I think, isn't it?Bob : Okay then. I will come if it ....

a. doesn't rain c. isn't rainingb. didn't rain d. hasn't rained

60. Anto : Indonesia has to import rice next year.Mike : How come? Indonesia is an agricultural country.Anto : There are some reasons for that.Mike : Like what?Anto : The harvest failed ... natural disasters occured.

a. although c. butb. because d. and

Paket 3


Common types of calendars can be based on the Sun or on the Moon. The solar calendar is based on the solar year. Since the solar year is 365.2422 days long, solar calendars consist of regular years of 365 days and have an extra day every fourth year, or leap year, to make up for the additional fractional amount. In a solar calendar, the waxing and waning of the moon can take place at various stages of each month.

The lunar calendar is synchronized to the lunar month rather than the solar year. Since the lunar month is twenty-nine and a half days long, most lunar calendars have alternating months of twenty-nine and thirty days. A twelve month lunar year thus has 354 days shorter than a solar year.

1. What is the main idea of the passage?(a) All calendars are the same(b) The solar calendar is based on the sun(c) Different calendars have dissimilar bases(d) The lunar month is twenty-nine and a half days long

2. How is the information in the passage organized?(a) Characteristics of the solar calendar are outlined(b) Two types of calendars are described

[email protected]

Number of correct

answersscore

………/6

137

LATIHAN SOAL UN


(c) The strengths and weaknesses of the lunar calendar are described(d) The length of each existing calendar is contrasted

The text is for question number 3 – 6 HOW TO GROW RADISHESThings you needA well-prepared garden bedA rakeA hoseA packet of radish seeds

What to do Rake garden bed carefully Make channels 1 cm deep and 15 cm apart with back of a rake Plant seeds 3 cm apart at the bottom of channels Cover seeds and press down firmly with the back of a rake Water lightly Keep moist When seedlings appear in 5 – 8 days, thin out if necessary Apply liquid fertilizer every week Pick crisp, fresh radishes after 5 – 7 weeks

3. Gwen planted some radish seeds a week ago. What would she need to do now?(a) rake the garden bed each day c. pick the radishes (b) make sure the seed are covered d. thin out the seedlings

4. What is the main purpose of the text?(a) to give the instruction how to grow radishes(b) to inform how important radishes are(c) to show how radishes grow(d) to provide information about radishes

5. The text above is a kind of ……(a) anecdote(b) procedure(c) narrative(d) report

6. Which of the following statements is correct according to the text above?(a) radish is a kind of fruit(b) radish is a kind of tree(c) radish is a kind of flower(d) radish is a kind of vegetable

Question number 7 – 9


Music, dance, play and film are kinds of …(7)… that entertain us from time to time. Listening to the music can bring us a lot of fun or …(8)… state of mind. While watching beautiful dance, wonderful play, and a good film can make us …(9)… and forget our problems fro a moment. That’s why entertainment becomes an important and inseparable part of our life.


7. (a) entertainment(b) edutainment(c) advertisement(d) information

8. (a) meaningful(b) peaceful(c) useful(d) colorful

9. (a) sad(b) bored(c) happy(d) dull

10. Brenda : Look my father has bought a new car for me.Kelly : Which car do you mean?Brenda : The red one parked there.Kelly : ……

(a) What car is nice!(b) What nice is the car!(c) What is a nice car!(d) What a nice car it is!

The text is for question number 11 – 13The human heart is divided into four chambers, each of which serves its own function in the cycle of

pumping blood. The atria are the thin-walled upper chambers that gather blood as it flows from the veins between heartbeats. The ventricles are the thick-walled lower chambers that receive blood from the atria and push it into the arteries with each contraction of the heart. The left atrium and ventricle work separately from those on the right. The role of the chambers on the right side of the heart is to receive oxygen-depleted blood from the body tissues and send it on to the lungs; the chambers on the left side of the heart of the heart then receive the oxygen-enriched blood from the lungs and send it back out to the body tissues.

11. The passage indicates that the ventricles…(a) have relatively thin walls(b) send blood to the atria(c) are above the atria(d) force blood into the arteries

12. According to the passage, when is blood pushed into the arteries from the ventricles?(a) As the heart beats(b) Between heart beats(c) Before each contraction of the heart(d) Before it is received by the atria

13. According to the passage, which part of the heart gets blood from the body tissues and passes it on to the lungs?

(a) The atria(b) The ventricles(c) The right atrium and ventricle(d) The left atrium and ventricle

What does the notice mean?(a) The dustbin must be thrown away by the students(b) The rubbish in the dustbin must be thrown away(c) Students must not have rubbish in the school


THROW THE RUBBISHINTO THE DUSTBIN


(d) Students should throw the rubbish into the dustbin14. Arrange these sentences into a good order!

1 They are Asia, America, Europe, Australia and Antarctica2 The largest continent is Asia3 A continent is the term applied to six large landmasses on the earth’s surface4 The last continent is the frozen wasteland at the South pole

(a) 3 – 2 – 1 – 4 (b) 3 – 1 – 2 – 4 (c) 3 – 1 – 4 – 2 (d) 2 – 4 – 3 – 1

The text is for question number 16 – 17Elizabeth Cochrane Seaman was an American journalist at the turn of the century who wrote for the

newspaper New York World under the pen name Nellie Bly, a name which was taken from the Stephen Foster song Nelly Bly. She achieved fame for her exposes and in particular for the bold and adventuresome way that she obtained her stories.

She felt that the best way to get the real story was from the inside rather than as an outside observer who could be treated to a prettified version of reality. On one occasion she pretended to be a thief so that she would get arrested and see for herself how female prisoners were really treated. On another occasion she faked mental illness in order to be admitted to a mental hospital to get the real picture on the treatment of mental patients.15. Which of the following is NOT true about Nellie Bly?

(a) Nellie Bly’s real name was Elizabeth Cochrane Seaman(b) Nellie Bly was mentally ill(c) The name Nellie Bly came from a song(d) The name Nellie Bly was uses on articles that Seaman wrote

16. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as something that Nellie did to get a good story?(a) She acted like a thief(b) She got arrested by the police(c) She pretended to be ill(d) She worked as a doctor in a mental hospital

17. A : Would you mind ………., please?B : Not at all, I will.(a) to answer the telephone (b) answering the telephone(c) answer the telephone(d) to the telephone answering

18. Michael Jordan ……… a famous basketball player, is an Afro-American.(a) whose(b) with is(c) who is(d) whom is

19. Kimmy : Have you done the assignment?Rossi : Not yet. How about you?Kimmy : ………..

(a) I can’t either(b) I don’t either(c) I won’t either(d) I haven’t either



Question number 21 – 23Budi : I think the Olympic Games is more competitive than the World Cup.Heri : Well …(21)… I think the World Cup is not only competitive but also very …(22)…Budi : Hmm, I think you’re right. Both of them are competitive, popular and also….guess what?Heri : What? Tell me.Budi : Very prestigious. Don’t you agree? Only …(23)… country can join the games.Heri : I agree.

20. (a) I don’t agree(b) I’m not doubt(c) I’m certain(d) I’m sure

21. (a) wonderful(b) expensive(c) popular(d) attractive

22. (a) selected (c) well known(b) famous (d) rich

The text is for question number 24 – 27The United States does not have a national university, but the idea has been around for quite some

time. George Washington first recommended the idea to Congress; he even selected an actual site in Washington, D.C., and then left an endowment for the proposed national university in his will. During the century following the Revolution, the idea of a national university continued to receive the support of various U.S. presidents, and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie pursued the cause at the beginning of the present century. Although the original idea has not yet been acted upon it continues to be proposed in bills before Congress.

23. According to the passage, the national university of the United States…(a) has been around for a while(b) does not exist(c) is a very recent ideas(d) is an idea that developed during the present century

24. The passage indicates that George Washington did NOT do which of the following?(a) He suggested the concept for a national university to Congress(b) He chose a location for the national university(c) He left money in his will for a national university(d) He succeeded in establishing a national university

25. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage about Andrew Carnegie?(a) He was interested in doing charity work and good deeds for the public(b) He was a member of Congress(c) He was interested in the idea of a national university(d) He was active in the early twentieth century

26. The pronoun “it” in line 10 refers to…(a) the cause(b) the beginning of the present century(c) the original idea(d) Congress

27. I would rather ………..(a) drink milk to coffee(b) drinking milk than coffee



(c) drink milk to drink coffee(d) drink milk than coffee

28. Hans : Sorry, I haven’t finished the work. I’ve got headacheFrans : ………. We still have time

(a) Excuse me(b) Pardon me(c) That’s all right(d) Thanks a lot

The text is for question number 30 – 35The Stone Age was a period of history which began in approximately 2 million B.C. and lasted until

3000 B.C. Its name was derived from the stone tools and weapons that modern scientists found. This period was divided into the Paleolithic, Mesolithic, and Neolithic Ages. During the first period, (2 million to 8000 B.C.) the fist hatchet and use of fire for heating and cooking were developed. As a result of the Ice Age, which evolved about 1 million years into the Paleolithic Age, people were forced to seek shelter in caves, wear clothing, and developed new tools.

During the Mesolithic Age (8000 to 6000 B.C.) people made crude pottery and the first fish hooks, took dogs hunting, and developed a bow and arrow, which was used until the fourteenth century A.D.

The Neolithic Age (6000 to 3000 B.C.) saw humankind domesticating sheep, goats, pigs, and cattle, being less nomadic than in previous eras, establishing permanent settlements, and creating governments.

29. Into how many periods was the Stone Age divided?(a) 2(b) 3(c) 4(d) 5

30. Which of the following was developed earliest?(a) the fish hook(b) the fish hatchet(c) the bow and arrow(d) pottery

31. Which of the following developments is NOT related to the conditions of Ice Age?(a) farming(b) living indoors(c) clothing(d) using fire

32. Which period lasted longest?(a) Paleolithic(b) Ice Age(c) Mesolithic(d) Neolithic

33. Which of the following periods saw people developed a more communal form of living?(a) Paleolithic(b) Mesolithic(c) Ice Age(d) Neolithic

34. The author states that the Stone Age was so named because ...(a) it was very durable(b) the tools and weapons were made of stone(c) there were little vegetation



(d) the people lived in caves35. Tommy:Look, the notice say “Be aware of danger”. Why?

Reza : The roads around here are … when it is raining.(a) dirty(b) heavy(c) busy(d) slippery

36. Mia : Mom, I want to make a cake. Do you have any flour?

Mother: Yes, I have ……. in the cupboard.(a) many(b) a few(c) any(d) some

37. Arrange the words to make a meaningful sentence!the–you–put up–pain–if–want–pleasure–must– 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 with – also – you – the 9 10 11 12(a) 5-2-6-1-7-11-8-10-3-9-12-4(b) 5-2-7-1-6-11-8-3-12-4-10-9(c) 5-2-7-1-6-11-8-10-3-9-12-4(d) 5-2-8-1-7-12-3-11-4-6-10-9

38. FOR PAINUSUAL ADULT DOZE: 2 or 3 tablets four times daily: for children under twelve, consult a physicianKEEP TIGHTLY CLOSED. AVOID EXPOSURE TO LIGHT

What is the maximum dosage for an adult?(a) four tablets every day(b) eight tablets every day(c) twelve tablets every twenty-four hours(d) three tablets every twenty-four hours

The text is for question number 40 – 43Once upon a time, there was as soldier whose back was stuck with an arrow. He came to a surgeon.

The surgeon cut the arrow and said, “Ok, it’s enough. You may go home now.”The soldier said, “But the arrow is still stuck in my back!”While shaking his head, the surgeon said, “That is an internist job. I’m a surgeon and my job has

finished.”

39. What happen to the soldier?(a) He hurts because of the war(b) His back was stuck with an arrow(c) His leg hurts because of the fight(d) He has a serious accident

40. “That is an internist job.”The word internist means person who is expert in ….

(a) performing operation(b) dealing with teeth matters(c) handling internal disease



(d) handling bone disease41. The communicative purpose of this text is …….

(a) to share an amusing story with others(b) to inform readers about the soldier’s problem(c) to persuade readers to be concerned with the soldier’s case(d) to describe the soldier’s experience

42. How does the writer make the scene funny?(a) By arranging events in the order they happened(b) By giving a twist in the beginning of the story(c) By presenting a personal opinion of surgeon and internist in the end of the story(d) By providing additional information in the end of the story

43. Maia doesn’t like iced teaDhanny doesn’t like iced teaThe appropriate combination of the above sentences is..

(a) Maia doesn’t like iced tea and Dhanny, too(b) Maia doesn’t like iced tea and either does Dhanny(c) Maia doesn’t like iced tea and Dhanny doesn’t either(d) Maia doesn’t like iced tea and Dhanny doesn’t neither

44. Ihsan : Did you hear the news about tsunami in Aceh?

Phiko : No, tell me then!Ihsan : It was bad incident, thousands of people died and great number of buildings ruinedPhiko : ………….

(a) It doesn’t matter(b) I am afraid to hear that(c) What a good news it was(d) I am sorry to hear that

45. Hillary : If it … rain, we’ll have the party outside.Mandy : That’s a good idea.(b) wouldn’t(c) won’t(d) didn’t(e) doesn’t

The dialogue is for number 47 – 48Nina : Have you heard about “Sekaten” Ceremony?Dina : Yes, why.Nina : I want to know about it. Please tell me.Dina : The “Sekaten” Ceremony is a procession to …(47)… the birth of the prophet Muhammad SAW.

It is …(48)… annually.47. (a) inform

(a) know(b) announce(c) celebrate

48. (a) played(a) held(b) brought(c) placed

49. Which of the sentences below best explains the notice?(a) Wealth is key to get happiness



(b) Wealth is happiness(c) A happiness is not seen from the wealth(d) A happiness is always seen from the wealth

The text is for question number 50 – 54Spiderman

This is the story of Peter Parker, a high school student living with his Aunt May and Uncle Ben after the death of his parents when he was just a baby. He is an avid student with a much-less than-stellar social life and a knack for bad luck.

While attending a scientific demonstration, a freak accident bombards a stray spider with radiation, and that same spider finds its way into the unsuspecting Peter’s body and bites him, miraculously granting him incredible spider-like abilities; in effect, making him into the amazing Spiderman. Peter finds that there’s a thin line between an ordinary man and an extraordinary hero; and he’ll have to be the one to cross it.

50. Who is actually the Spiderman based on the text above?(a) Uncle Ben(b) Aunt May(c) A high school student(d) Peter Parker

51. What does bite Peter?(a) Snake(b) Crocodile(c) Spider(d) Scorpion

52. He is an avid student with a much less than ….The word printed in bold means …

(a) diligent(b) smart(c) enthusiastic(d) honest

53. …. miraculously granting him incredible spider-like abilities; in effect,…. (paragraph 2, line 4)The word printed in bold means…

(a) giving in(b) put on(c) get out(d) take out

54. What is the main idea of the second paragraph above?(a) The characteristic of Spiderman(b) How Peter Parker becomes Spiderman(c) The dilemma of Peter Parker(d) The orphan boy named Peter Parker

55. Arrange the following sentences into a good paragraph!1 It all happened very quickly, people just stood and watched2 A car stopped outside the shop and two men got out3 He threw the brick at the window and smashed it4 They had masks on5 One of them held a brick in his hand6 One man took the coats from the window and the other put them in the back of the car

The best arrangement is …(a) 2 – 3 – 4 – 1 – 6 – 5


WEALTH IS NO GUARANTEE OF HAPPINESS


(b) 2 – 4 – 5 – 3 – 6 – 1(c) 2 – 4 – 6 – 3 – 1 – 5 (d) 3 – 4 – 5 – 6 – 2 – 1

56. We have never seen such a thick rain forest before, …..?(a) haven’t we(b) didn’t we(c) have we(d) do we

Question number 57 to 60Spring Summer Autumn Winter

London 14º 29º 21º 8ºMelbourne 18º 31º 22º 10ºWashington 11º 34º 23º 3º

Tokyo 16º 32º 24º 4º

57. ….has an average temperature of 24 degrees in Autumn(a) Tokyo(b) Melbourne(c) Washington(d) London

58. … is the coldest city in winter(a) Tokyo(b) Melbourne(c) Washington(d) London

59. Which city has the highest temperature in summer:(a) Tokyo(b) Melbourne(c) Washington(d) London

60. One of the following city is located in Asia continent(a) Tokyo(b) Melbourne(c) Washington(d) London

[email protected]

Number of correct answers

score

………/6

146


Paket 4

The text is for question number 1 – 2Vaccines are prepared from harmful viruses or bacteria and administered to patients to provide

immunity to specific diseases. The various types of vaccines are classified according to the method by which they are derived.

The most basic class of vaccines actually contains disease-causing micro-organisms that have been killed with a solution containing formaldehyde. In this type of vaccine, the microorganisms are dead and therefore cannot cause disease; however, the antigens found in and on the microorganisms can still stimulate the formation of antibodies. Examples of this type of vaccine are the ones that fight influenza, typhoid fever, and cholera.

A second type of vaccine contains the toxins produced by the micro-organisms rather than the microorganisms themselves. This type of vaccine is prepared when the microorganisms itself does little damage.

1. Which of the following expresses the main idea of the passage?(a) Vaccines provide immunity to specific disease(b) Vaccines contain disease-causing microorganisms(c) Vaccines are derived in different ways(d) New approaches in administering vaccines are being developed

2. How many types of vaccines are presented in the passage?a. Twob. Threec. Four


LATIHAN SOAL UN


d. FiveThe text is for question number 63 – 66 HOW TO MAKE RED AND HEALTHY SMOOTHIESMaterials 150 gram nature papaya that is cut into square form 100 gram tomatoes that are cut 100 gram carrots that are cut 100 ml vanilla syrup 100 ml sweet lemon water 250 ml soft and soda drink without the color Ice cubeHow to make it Mix papaya, tomato, carrot, vanilla syrup, sweet lemon water in the mixer Add soda drink Add ice cube and serve it into 3 glasses

3. How many carrots are needed according to the procedure above?(a) 110 gram(b) 10 kg(c) 0,1 kg(d) 1 kg

4. 250 ml soft and soda drink without the color.The word printed in bold has the same meaning with…(a) sweet(b) bitter(c) smooth(d) comfortable

5. What is the main aim of the text?(a) To inform someone how to serve red and healthy smoothies(b) To provide information about red and healthy smoothies(c) To give information some materials and procedures to make red and healthy smoothies(d) To show how red and healthy smoothies is useful

6. What features do organize the piece of writing above?(a) The materials needed to achieve the goals and its steps(b) The reason of the activity(c) The main characters in a setting of time and place(d) The plot of the story

Question number7 – 9

7. (a) accident(b) mistake(c) experiment(d) manner

8. (a) taking a rest


When Taufik was a small boy, he had a bad …(67)… . He was running along a road, where some workmen were …(68)… . The men were all very busy, so they didn’t see his coming. His parents who were walking along behind him called out to him but he suddenly …(69)… from view. They quickly ran to the spot, where the workmen were, and found Taufik crying at the bottom of a deep hole. He hadn’t broken any bones, but he had hurt his head very badly, so he needed to go to the hospital and had ten stitches.


(b) digging a hole(c) cutting a tree(d) sweeping the road

9. (a) turned(b) stopped(c) jumped(d) disappeared

10. Irna : Hi mum, hi dad. How are you? I missed you very much.

Mrs. Tono : I miss you too, dear.Irna : Where is your baggage?Mr. Tono : There they are. We have bought three

suitcases and two large boxes.Irna : ………….Mrs. Tono : Yes, we had to pay for the extra weight.(a) What a heavy baggage have you?(b) Have you a heavy baggage?(c) What a heavy baggage you have!(d) You have a heavy baggage!


School is in break. Melly comes to Lola’s class.Lola : “Hi Melly! Let’s go to the movie tonight.”Melly : “Oh, … I am sorry Lola, I’d love to see the movie, but I can’t. I have too much homework to do

tonight. Besides, there will be a test tomorrow. Perhaps next week.”Lola : “It’s too bad. I am really looking forward to going out this evening. What test is it?”Melly : “Biology. I’m very displeased with it. It’s absolutely not my favourite.”Lola : “Come on. It’s not that displeasing and difficult

either. I’ll help you with that. OK, now let’s see the picture in your biology book here. This picture is about the differences between monocot and dicot plants. Look! The differences are on the seeds, the veins of the leaves and the flowers. It’s not so hard, is it?”

Melly : ”Well, I think so. It’s a little bit clearer now. Maybe if I learn more, I will completely understand.”Lola : “Melly, it’s our duty to study. It’s for ourselves. Don’t give up easily.”Melly : “ Yes, you are right. I will try to learn biology more diligently.”

11. Why can’t Melly accept Lola’s invitation?(a) Because of the health problem(b) Because of the test in the next day(c) Because of the rain(d) Because of the distance

12. Monocot is type of plant, and ….. dicot.(a) So does(b) So did(c) So is(d) So do



13. How does Melly feel about Biology subject?(a) Like it so much(b) Not sure of it(c) Fond of it(d) Dislike

14. What does the notice mean?(a) The money will be returned soon(b) If someone is not satisfied with the service, her/his money will be given back to her/him(c) People can ask her/his money from the painter(d) Money is useful to satisfy people

15. Arrange these sentences into a good order!1. An “umbul-umbul” is a decorative flag shaped like a banana leaf and fitted on a bamboo pole2. On August 28, 2005 tourists in Denpasar observed a religious ritual of the “umbul-umbul” festival3. They are planted around the city square where people gathered around4. They created hundreds of “umbul-umbul”5. The ritual is held to proclaim the presence of gods6. Participants from 49 countries took part in this festival

(a) 2 – 1 – 3 – 6 – 4 – 5 (b) 2 – 1 – 4 – 3 – 6 – 5 (c) 2 – 5 – 1 – 6 – 4 – 3 (d) 2 – 5 – 6 – 4 – 1 – 3

The text is for question number 16 – 17The largest lake in the western United States is the Great Salt Lake, an inland lake in northwestern

Utah, just outside the state capital of Salt Lake City. Rivers and streams feed into the Great Salt Lake, but none drain out of it; this has a major influence on both the salt content and the size of the lake.

Although the Great Salt Lake is fed by freshwater streams, it is actually saltier than the oceans of the world. The salt comes from the more than two million tons of minerals that flow into the lake each year from the rivers and creeks that feed it. Sodium and chloride – the components of salt – comprise the large majority of the lake’s mineral content.

The Great Salt Lake can vary tremendously from its normal size of 1,700 square miles, depending on long-term weather conditions. During periods of heavy rains, the size of the lake can swell tremendously from the huge amounts of water flowing into the lake from its feeder rivers and streams; in 1980 the lake even reached a size of 2,400 square miles. During periods of dry weather, the size of the lake decreases, sometimes drastically, due to evaporation.

16. How is the information in the passage organized?(a) Two unusual characteristics of the Great Salt Lake are discussed(b) Contrasting theories about the Great salt Lake’s salt levels are presented(c) The process by which the Great Salt Lake gets its salt is outlined(d) The reasons for the variations in the great Salt lake’s size are given

17. The third paragraph contains information on…(a) How the size of the lake affects weather conditions(b) The effects of contrasting weather conditions on the size of the lake(c) The effects of changes in the size of the lake(d) The cause of the varied weather conditions in the area of the lake

18. His mother usually ……… him money once a month.(a) sending


PORTRAITSMoney back if not

satisfied


(b) send(c) to send(d) sends

19. Nada : Are there any eggs in the refrigerator?Nida : Yes, ……… in it.(a) There aren’t any(b) There are any(c) There aren’t some(d) There are some

20. I turned around and saw a man whom I didn’t know standing behind me. “a man whom I didn’t know” means…..(a) figure(b) alien(c) stranger(d) foreigner

Question number 21 – 23

21. (a) office (b) publishing company (c) news agent (d) public library22. (a) advertisement (b) articles (c) editorial (d) headlines23. (a) magazine (b) headlines (c) brochure (d) information

The text is for question number 24 – 27According to the theory of continental drift, the continents are not fixed in position but instead move

slowly across the surface of the earth, constantly changing in position relative to one another. This theory was first proposed in the eighteenth century when mapmakers noticed how closely the continents of earth fit together when they were matched up. It was suggested then that the present-day continents had once been one large continent that had broken up into pieces which drifted apart.

Today the modern theory of plate tectonics has developed from the theory of continental drift. The theory of plate tectonics suggests that the crust of the earth is divided into six large, and many small, tectonic plates that drift on the lava that composes the inner core of the earth. These plates consist of ocean floor and continents that quite probably began breaking up and moving relative to one another more than 200 million years ago.

24. The topic of the passage is …….(a) Continental drift(b) The theory of plate tectonics(c) The development of ideas about the movement of the earth’s surface(d) Eighteenth-century mapmakers

25. The passage states that the theory of continental drift developed as a result of …..(a) The fixed positions of the continents(b) The work of mapmakers(c) The rapid movement of continents


“Let’s stop at the …(81)…, Mira. I want to buy a magazine,” said Ratna. “Yes , that’s good. I want to get this week’s Bola. There are …(82)… on national, regional, and international sports. We can also get …(83)… about our badminton team,” said Mira.


(d) The fit of the earth’s plates26. The pronoun “they” in line 6 refers to ….

(a) mapmakers(b) continents(c) pieces(d) tectonic plates

27. Which of the following is NOT true about the theory of plate tectonics(a) It is not as old as the theory of continental drift (b) It evolved from the theory of continental drift(c) It postulates that the earth’s surface is separated into plates(d) It was proposed by mapmakers

28. Jono : The plant is lack of water.Mardi : I agree with you. It is ….... for the tree to produce fruits.(a) certain(b) possible(c) impossible(d) positive

29. Mark : Have you been to the BOA bank? Will : Yes, why?Mark : ……….. is the service?Will : It’s satisfying.(a) How brave(b) How far(c) How long (d) How good

The text is for question number 30 – 34In Kansas at the turn of the century, Edwin and Amy Earhart doted on their active daughters Amelia

and Muriel. Edwin gave the girls footballs and riffles, while Amy shocked the community by dressing them in gym suits instead of skirts. Edwin’s job caused the family to move from town to town, and the girls’ interest in rough sports and shooting rats raised eyebrows wherever they went.

Amelia’s parents did not pressure her to reform as she grew older, even when she dabbled in the domains of science and automobile mechanics. But in 1920, when she went aloft an air show and returned home determined to learn how to fly,

30. Amelia’s mother was named…(a) Muriel(b) Amelia(c) Amy(d) Kinner

31. The word “them” in line 4 refers to …(a) Amelia and Muriel(b) footballs and riffles(c) Edwin and Amy(d) gym suits and skirts

32. According to the passage, Edwin gave the girls which of the following items?(a) An airplane(b) Footballs(c) An Automobil(d) Gym suits



33. It may be inferred from the passage that, at the turn of the century, it was the LEAST common for the girls to…(a) wear skirts(b) have doting parents(c) move from town to town(d) play with riffles

34. In what way did Amelia’s mother help Amelia in her carreer?(a) By helping her to buy a plane(b) By taking her to an air show(c) By pressuring her to become a pilot(d) By giving her flying lesson

The text is for question number 35 to 37Once upon a time there was a beautiful place called Neverland where Peter Pan and Tinker Bell lived. Not so far from this place is the city of London where John, Wendy and Michael Darling lived. They really loved the story of Peter. One day Peter Pan appeared and asked the children to fly to Neverland. They were very excited to see the scenery and beauty of Neverland. Then they were surprised to know the existence of a cruel pirate called Captain Hook. One day Captain Hook captured Tinker Bell and forced her to show Peter Pan’s place. In doing so all Peter’s friends The Darling were captured and taken to the pirate ship. Captain Hook frightened the children by putting them on the plank. Suddenly Peter Pan appeared and stopped everything. In a fierce duel, he threw Hook and all the pirates overboard. Hook was chased away by a crocodile, and nobody cared to save him. The Darling were so happy and thankful to Peter Pan. They told Peter Pan their intention to go home. With the sprinkle of Tinker Bell’s Pixie Dust, Captain Hook’s pirate ship was sailing through the skies of Neverland, heading back to the Darling’s home in London.

35. Where is the plank that was used by Captain Hook to frighten the children?

(a) In Hook’s ship (b) In Peter’s home (c) In Neverland (d) In London

36. What is the problem faced by Peter Pan ? (a) The Darling left their home and flew to Neverland (b) Peter’s friends were captured by Captain Hook. (c) The ship flew over the sky to the city of London (d) Captain Hook and Peter Pan had a fierce duel

37. We can learn from the story that ………….(a) Braveness in needed to be a hero (b) Good and right things will win (c) A beautiful scenery is good to see (d) Neverland is a place for children

The text is for question number 38 to 40


WOODSPepermint Antitusisive

Indication :Non Productive Cough Usage Direction

Adult and Children > 12 Years :2 teaspoon (10ml) 3 times a day

Children 6-12 years :1 Teaspoon (5 ml) 3 times a day

Keep at room temperatureAvoid from direct sunlight


38. What is the name of the medicine ?(a) Peppermint (b) Cough medicine (c) Woods (d) Syrup

39. What is the medicine made from?(a) Syrup (b) Tablet (c) Pill (d) Powder

40. What is the dosage for a seven years old child?(a) 2 teaspoon, 3 times a day (b) 1 teaspoon, 3 times a day(c) 2 spoonful, 3 times a day (d) 1 spoonful, 3 times a day

Question number 41 to 43Once in a forest there live a cat and a rabbit. They were very good friends. One day when they were walking together the forest, they found a big ..….(101) of cheese. They were very pleased, and agreed to share … (102). They decided that the rabbit should divide it equally, …... (103) he could not. One piece was a little bit bigger than the other.

41. (a) loaf (b) bowl (c) piece (d) bunch42. (a) it (b) them (c) its (d) their43. (a) and (b) because (c) so (d) but

44. Reza : Can we finish this homework tomorrow? That is the due date our teacher told us last week.Tata : Don’t worry. We will have finished it by 8 a.m. tomorrow.The underlined statement shows…(a) agreement (b) disagreement (c) pessimism (d) optimism

A C Rp. 800.000,- Rp. 1.200.000,-

B DRp.1.500.000,- Rp.2.000.000

45. TV A is ….. than TV C.(a) bigger(b) expensive(c) cheapest(d) cheaper

46. Which is the correct sentence based on the picture?(a) TV B is smaller than TV A(b) TV C is more expensive than TV D(c) TV D is the most expensive(d) TV A is bigger than TV B

47. Nena : Rani, look! This is a very beautiful dress.Rani : Wow! …….. I’ve never seen yet before.Nena : Yes, neither have I.(a) What is a beautiful dress!



(b) How beautiful the dress is!(c) How a beautiful dress it is!(d) What beautiful is it!

48. Mr. Miftah : All the farmers are happy.Mr. Lala : Why do you say that?Mr. Miftah : The weather is good these days, …..? There is not too much water for their paddy. So

their crop will be better.Mr. Lala : Yes, you’re right.(a) doesn’t it (b) is it (c) isn’t it (d) does it

49. Dita : Do you know that Sasha is taking piano lesson now?Dina : Yes, I do.Dita : ……. does she practice in a week?Dina : Twice a week.Dita : Oh, I see.(a) How old (b) How long (c) How often (d) How much

50. Harun has read Kompas and Suara Merdeka. ….. them are very famous. I like to read them very much.(a) Some of (b) A lot of (c) Both of (d) All of

The text is for number 51 to 55One of the tallest and most interesting animals in the zoo is giraffe. This is the giraffe we saw at the

zoo. It is male and it is about six meters tall.The giraffe has big crown eyes which are protected by very thick lashes. The lashes are an

important source of protection. They can also cover the giraffe nostrils in other to protect its nose. It has brown spots on the skin and this coloring helps protect the giraffe. The giraffe also has two short horns in its head. Like the camel, the giraffe can go for a long time without drinking water. One source of water is the leave which the giraffe eat from trees. Since it is so tall, the giraffe can reach the tender leaves at the top of a tree. The giraffe lives in small herds and often feed with other animals. A baby giraffe is two meters tall at birth. It can stand up by itself within a few minutes after birth and can run well in about two days.

The giraffe has two method of save protection. If something frightens an adult giraffe, it can gallop way at about fifty kilometers per hour or stay to fight with its strong leg.

51. A good title is …

(a) Giraffe and Camel(b) The Interesting Animal(c) A Small African Animal(d) The Tallest Animal

52. From the description we may conclude that giraffe …(a) eat tree leaves for water(b) need water and do no need leaves(c) do not need much water(d) need more water than camel

53. It’s very common to see a giraffe …(a) with other giraffe(b) in all parts of Africa(c) alone(d) around the world

54. The word “gallop” in the last sentence means…



(a) five(b) protect(c) run(d) work

55. A giraffe is about … meters long.(a) four(b) five(c) six(d) two

The text is for question number 56 to 58In Indonesia we only have two kinds of seasons, those are rainy and dry season. If the sun is the

north of equator, the wind will blow from Australia continent. It doesn’t carry much water. There is dry season in Indonesia from April to October. The farmers usually plant the second crops, like beans, potatoes, corn, onion, and vegetables.When the sun is the south of equator the wind blow from Asia continent through wide Ocean. It will be very glad. They can plant carry much stream air, and there begins rainy season in our country. The farmers will be very glad. They can plant rice in their field, the flowers are flourishing and much kind of fruit are produced.

During rainy season sometimes rain falls heavily. Heavy rain can bring the flood. The governments have to work to prevent the flood.

56. What is the first paragraph talk about?(a) The Australian continent(b) The agricultural products(c) The season in Indonesia(d) The weather in Indonesia

57. What do farmers do in the dry season? They…(a) Plant rice(b) Plant second crops(c) Plant fruits(d) Are very glad

58. “It doesn’t carry much water” (in the first paragraph). The word “it” refers to…(a) the farmer(b) the season(c) the wind(d) the rain

Look at the traffic sign!It means…(a) the road is winding(b) the road is slippery(c) the car may not enter this street(d) there are a lot of winding turns

The text is for number 60Breakfast is provided free of charge. We also have special discount on food and drink at our restaurant for all registered guests. On top of that, there’s a fifty percent discount for children below 12 at our restaurant. We are located close to the apple garden and butterfly farm. You can also see the sunset and sunrise from your room. Children would also be entitled to free horse riding lesson every morning. Rp. 430.000 per night.



COOL HEAVEN, BATU HIGHLANDS, MALANG. Reservation : (0341) 7689980Email : [email protected]

59. Which is free of charge in the hotel?(a) Having food and drinks in the restaurant(b) Having breakfast and horse riding lesson(c) Entering the apple garden(d) Staying for nights.

Paket 5

The text is for number 1 - 2Breakfast is provided free of charge. We also have special discount on food and drink at our restaurant for all registered guests. On top of that, there’s a fifty percent discount for children below 12 at our restaurant. We are located close to the apple garden and butterfly farm. You can also see the sunset and sunrise from your room. Children would also be entitled to free horse riding lesson every morning. Rp. 430.000 per night. COOL HEAVEN, BATU HIGHLANDS, MALANG. Reservation : (0341) 7689980Email : [email protected]

1. Who is the fifty percent discount given to?(a) All registered guests(b) 14 years old children(c) 11 years old children(d) Adult people

2. “On the top of that, there’s fifty percent discount for children below 12 at our restaurant.” The underlined word means…(a) over

[email protected]


score

………/6

157

LATIHAN SOAL UN




(b) after(c) under(d) in the age of

3. We will find this instruction in the following places, EXCEPT…

(a) at home (b) along the street (c) in the office (d) at school

4. Hilda : Excuse me, miss Teta. Can you lend me encyclopedia for three days?Miss Teta : …….. the encyclopedia can only be read here.(a) Certainly (b) Excuse me (c) I’m sorry (d) I am sure

5. Where will the meeting be held?(a) At Ratih’s house(b) At Burhan’s room(c) At Diana’s office(d) At school

6. Which statement is CORRECT according to the text?(a) Ratih is not a student of SMP Negeri 2 Tangerang(b) Burhan and Diana ask ratih to write articles for school magazine(c) The student organization of SMP Negeri 2 will have a meeting(d) Ratih is the secretary of the student’s organization

Question number 6 to 7Early people wore animal ……. (126) to keep them warm, but about 10.000 years ago people learned how to make …… (127). They used a spindle to spin wool, cotton, flax, or hemp into thread, which could be woven into fabric. These fabrics were then made into clothes.

7. (a) flesh (b) hair (c) skin (d) scale8. (a) flesh (b) cave (c) cloth (d) house

9. Tom Today is a holiday isn’t it? Shall we go swimming?Yudhi : Yes, that’s a good idea but don’t you see the sky? It’s cloudy. I think …..(a) It will be a nice day


Student OrganizationSMP Negeri 2 Jl. Jaka Sembung No. 62Tangerang 15223, Telp. (021) 7365859

Dear Ratih, We invite you to attend our meeting that will be held : On Saturday, Januari, 27, 2007. At 11:00 a.m. In the school hall. Agenda : Final preparation for wall magazines competition 2007. please come on time. See you there ! Diana Burhan

Secretary Chairperson

Switch off all electronic appliances when you don’t need them.


(b) you are going to get wet(c) It is going to rain(d) I will go to swim

10. Shilla : Hello, Nadya!Nadya : Hi, Shilla. Are you busy now?Shilla : Yes. I’m preparing for my birthday party….?Nadya : I’d love to.(a) Would you mind closing the window for me(b) Would you like to come to my birthday party(c) Would you mind passing the salt(d) Would you like to post the letter for me


Ice ages, those periods when ice covered extensive areas of the Earth, are known to have occurred at least six times. Past ice ages can be recognized from rock strata that show evidence of foreign materials deposited by moving walls of ice or melting glaciers. Ice ages can also be recognized from land formations that have been produced from moving walls of ice, such as U-shaped valleys, sculptured landscapes, and polished rock faces.

11.According to the passage, what happens during an ice age?(a) Rock strata are recognized by geologists(b) Evidence of foreign materials is found(c) Ice covers a large portion of the Earth’s surface(d) Ice melts six times

12. The passage covers how many different methods of recognizing past ice ages?(a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d) Four

13. According to the passage, what in the rock strata is a clue to geologists of a past ice age?(a) Ice (b) Melting glaciers(c) U-shaped valleys (d) Substance from others areas

14. Mr. Tanaka visits Kyoto once a month, …..?(a) didn’t he (b) doesn’t he (c) isn’t he (d) won’t he

15. Kaka : Tell me how long you have been here.Sheva: Five days. We arrived on Friday the 10th.Kaka : You’ve visited many places, I think.Sheva : Yes, and we …..to Lombok tomorrow. We still have a three-day tour here.(a) fly (b) flew (c) will flew (d) have flown

16. Ray will continue his study in Brighton if he …. scholarship from Full Bright Foundation. .(a) obtains (b) has obtained(c) will obtain (d) obtained

The text is for question number 17 to 19Kemari

Kemari is a traditional Japanese game believed to have orogonated in China. The game can be played by twelve players, all wearing traditional clothes called Kariginu, complete with a conical hat. The outfit may look more appropriate for a stage performance, but apparently there are what ancient Japanese wore when they were working out!

The players gather in a square marked with different trees (pine, maple, cherry, and willow) on its corner. A ball called mari and made from deer skin is thrown into the air.



The players have to keep the ball in the air by kicking it. The longer the ball stays in the air, the more exciting the game is. They shout ariyaaa! (Here we go!) whenever they kick the ball up, and when they pass the ball to another player they shout ari (Here!). You can always hear ariyaaa, ariyaaa, ari! when a game of Kemari is in full swing.

17. How many players play kemari game?(a) 11players (b) 12 players (c) 13 players (d) 14 players

18. …more appropriate for a stage performance, but apparently these are … (Paragraph 1, line 5). The word prined in bold has the same meaning with…(a) exhibition (b) appearance (c) experience (d) consequence

19. What is the main idea of the text above?(a) To tell how interesting kemari is(b) The information and how to play kemari(c) To give a particular information of Japan(d) To write how to entertain the reader

20. Ali and Rahmat are twenty six years old. Budi is four years younger than Rahmat. Deny is nineteen years old. It means that…(a) Budi is older than Ali (b) Rahmat is younger than Budi(c) Ali is younger than Deny (d) Ali is as old as Rahmat

21. Arya : Why didn’t the boy pass his exam?Aji : Because he never studied hard at home, ……?(a) didn’t he (b) doesn’t he (c) did he (d) is he

22. Femmy : Hi, Cit! I bring a photo of my brother.Citta : May I have a look?Femmy : Of course. Here it is.Citta : Wow. He is very good looking. …… is he?Femmy : 175 cm.(a) How high (b) How far (c) How tall (d) How long

The text is for question number 23 to 25If you are looking for excitement and you are planning a trip to Australia, you will be able to visit the

Darwin Emu Farm. It has the best emu display in Australia. You can see varieties of emu.The farm is located 40 km from the center of Darwin and is an easy drive south towards Litchfield Park.

The farm is open from Monday to Saturday from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. It has been operating since 1960 and visited every year by thousands of overseas and local tourists.

Recently, walking tours were introduced. By taking a walking tour you are able to see how emus live in the wild. Their natural habitat has been carefully recreated.

Apart from the walking tours you can watch the emus being fed. This happens daily at 2 p.m. If you would like you can have your photo taken with a baby emu.

At the farm there is also a well-stocked souvenir shop where you can buy belts, handbags, earrings and shoes. All made from emu skin. Perhaps you would prefer to try some emu meat in the cafeteria or an emu omelette made from fresh emu eggs.

23. Where is the Darwin Emu Park located?(a) 40 km from Litchfield Park(b) 40 km from Darwin(c) In the center of Darwin(d) In the Litchfield Park

24. What would the visitor of the farm find at the shop?(a) A factory of emu souvenirs(b) Emu that have been tamed



(c) Souvenirs made from emu skin(d) The oldest emu in the captivity

25. The farm would attract a lot of tourist because it……in Australia.(a) was the first emu farm(b) is the largest emu farm(c) has the best emu display(d) has the biggest emu

26. You cannot play the piano. I cannot play the piano.It means that you cannot play the piano and ……(a) I don’t either(b) neither can I(c) neither can’t I(d) I can either

27. Jodi :Does everybody agree with Bari’s idea?Ivan : What is it?Jodi : We’ll go …….next Saturday.Ivan : It sounds great. We can enjoy the scenery from the top.(a) diving into the sea(b) mountain climbing(c) swimming at the beach(d) fishing on the lake

28. Ayu: Promise to visit my house, okay?Adi : Yes, sure, …….if I go home town.(a) I will visit your house(b) I visit your house(c) I have visited your house(d) I would visit your house

29. Phiko : Which do you like better, nasi goreng or satay?Adya : I ………nasi goreng to satay.(a) need(b) like(c) prefer(d) want

30. Rearrange the sentences into a good paragraph.1. Mom : Of course not. This is wet season.2. Child : I’m sorry. I’m forget. Okay we will come.3. Child : Mom, tomorrow is Sunday. Can I go to swim in the river?4. Mom : Remember, next Sunday we must come to your

grandpa’s birthday party.5. Child : How about swim in the swimming pool?6. Child : Why Mom?7. Mom : I’m sorry you can’t(a) 3 7 5 1 6 4 2(b) 3 1 5 7 6 4 2(c) 3 4 5 7 6 1 2(d) 3 4 5 7 2 1 6

The text is for question number 31 - 34



Indonesia consists of different ethnic groups, languages, cultures and traditions. The 17.00 island forming the world’s largest archipelago chain is the home to more than 200 million people descended from over 200 different ethnic groups. There are over 350 different languages spoken. Bahasa Indonesia, the national language, seems to be a second language and not their mother tongue. It is spoken as the first language only in the provinces of West Sumatra and the Riau Island.

Though Bahasa Indonesia is derived from Bahasa Melayu, there are some differences in meaning and pronunciation. Recently, there is a move to make Bahasa Indonesia (and Bahasa Melayu) accepted as one of the official languages of the Association of South East. Asian countries. This would give significant to Bahasa Indonesia and make the learning of it more useful for the not only in Indonesia but also in Malaysia, Singapore, and Brunei.

31. How many ethnic groups does Indonesia have?(a) About 350(b) More than 200(c) Less than 200 (d) Around 170

32. Paragraph I tells us about …. That consists of different ethnic groups, language cultures and traditions.

(a) an archipelago (b) a mother tongue (c) a population

(d) a Chain 33. Which statement is NOT TRUE about the Indonesian language ?

(a) There is a move to make it as one of the official languages of Asean. (b) It is the national language of Indonesia. (c) It is the mother tongue of all Indonesia people. (d) It is derived from the Malay language.

34. The Indonesia language becomes the second language for many ethnic groups because …….(a) they have their own mother tongues (b) they think their languages are not good (c) they want their own languages to be a national language(d) the Indonesia language has been used by other countries.

35. Ari: This train has served passengers since 1912 Dita :Wow! What an old train! The underlined word expresses…

(a) question(b) uncertainty(c) amazement(d) obligation

36. Retno : Is our education the same as one in Brunai Darussalam?

Ivan : I don’t think so Education in Indonesia is expensive……. education in Brunai Darussalam is free of charge.

(a) although(b) therefore(c) so(d) but



37. The driver was sleepy so the bus hit the shop selling petrol. The bus was burnt. Most of the ….. were caught by fire and died.(a) visitors(b) passengers(c) pedestrians(d) customers

38. Jane : Don’t throw away garbage here. Shiva : Why not? Jane : …………….

(a) It’s either fresh or dangerous(b) It’s both messy and dirty(c) It’s not only fresh but messy as well(d) It’s neither messy nor dirty

39.Be quiet! My brother ……….in his room. (a) studies (b) will study (c) is studying (d) has studied40.Arrange the jumbled words into a good sentence!

tourists – every year – Bali – many – visit – foreign 1 2 3 4 5 6

(a) 2 – 4 – 1 – 6 – 5 – 3 (b) 3 – 5 – 4 – 6 – 1 – 2 (c) 4 – 6 – 1 – 2 – 5 – 3 (d) 4 – 6 – 1 – 5 – 3 – 2

The text is for number 41 to 47

Access to National Park Ujung Kulon

* To National Park Ujung Kulon by boat (5-6 hour) from Labuhan * To Labuhan by minibus from Jakarta (3-4 hour ) or bogor. Or a bus to Merak from Kali deres bus station in

Jakarta. Get out in Cilegon and cacth a bus to Labuhan. The boat from Labuhan for Pulau Peucang or Tamanjaya.

* from Sumatra by Ferry to Merak. From Merak, take the bus to Jakarta, jump off in Cilegon and from there see above, minibuses may be going all the way from Merak to Labuhan.

* An over land cheaper alternative to access the park. Take a minibus or boat from Labuhan to Sumur. In Sumur get a taxi to Taman Jaya you ‘II be able to arrange a boat to pulau peucang or pulau Handeleum. Krakatau is best visited from Labuhan.

* Permits, guides, and accommodation can be arranged at the PHPA office in Labuan

41.How long does it taken from Labuhan to Ujung Kulon National Park by boat?

(a) 3- 4 Hours (b) 5- 6 Hours(c) 4- 5 Hours



(d)4- 6 Hour42.Visitors usually go from Sumatra to Merak by…

(a) ferry (b) boat(c) bus(d) plane

43.Besides by boat, there is also transportation…(a) by train (b) by minibus(c) by plane(d) by boat

44.From Labuhan, the boat leaves for…(a) pulau peucang only (b) pulau peucang or Taman Jaya(c) pulaupanaitan (d) pulau Handeleum

45.Besides to National Park Ujung Kulon from Labuhan, we can visit…(a) mount Bromo (b) mount Merapi

(c) mount Krakatau (d) mount Agung

46.Someone who give information about everything in tour resort or recreational places is called…

(a) police (b) guide(c) driver (d) receptionist

47.The popular animal from Ujung Kulon is…(a) komodo(b) crocodile(c) snake (d) rhinoceros

48.

The pictures show that ………..(a) the kettle is the cheapest (b) the iron is more expensive than the mixer (c) the iron is the most expensive (d) the mixer is cheaper than the kettle.

49.The rich woman has two houses, ……………….? (a) has she (b) hasn’t she (c) does she (d) doesn’t she50.Bob : I see the sky very dark today.



Tom : How can we go out tonight? Bob : I don’t have any idea. Tom : We will go by taxi if…………

(a) It is raining (b) It rained(c) It rains.(d) it is going to rain

PAKET 6

[email protected]


score

………/5

LATIHAN SOAL UN

165


The text is for question number 1 to 7During the nineteenth century, the mechanization of farming and the fencing of rangeland

opened the agricultural heart of North America to intensive development. As the natural geographic center of this region, Chicago became the crossroads of a vast transportation network. The great waterway systems of the Mississippi valley and the Great Lakes were linked in Chicago in 1847, when the Illinois-Michigan Canal was opened to traffic. Within the next year, rail lines began to operate trains to and from the city. The rise of agricultural activity demanded facilities for the storage and milling of grain, the slaughtering of cattle, and the processing and shipment of meat. The manufacture of farm machinery branched out into the basic metal-fabricating and woodworking industries. This soon attracted banks and other financial institutions. Four years after the end of the Civil War, Chicago was already established as the focal point of the largest system of inland waterways in the world and the hub of a rail network that extended to the Atlantic, Gulf, and Pacific coasts. The productive potential of the city was unparalleled, and the pace of its industrial expansion reached explosive proportions.1. What is the main topic of the passage?

(a) The effects of the Civil War on the development of Chicago(b) The effects of intensive farming in North America(c) The evolution of Chicago as an industrial center(d) The impact of agriculture on industrial development

2. In the nineteenth century, the farming areas around Chicago developed rapidly because…(a) new irrigation waterways were built(b) men who had been soldiers provided a plentiful work force(c) new machinery permitted farming on a large scale(d) the slaughtering of cattle turned much rangeland into farmland

3. Why did Chicago initially begin to grow?(a) It was located in the middle of a productive area(b) Its industries attracted jobless people(c) It could provide food for a large local population(d) Its wealthy inhabitants invested their money there

4. Chicago was primarily important to the cattle industry as a …..(a) market for meat(b) center of veterinary medicine(c) breeding center(d) place to finance cattle purchases

5. When did Chicago’s first railroad service begin?(a) 1846(b) 1848(c) 1847(d) 1849

6. According to the passage, bankers were primarily attracted to Chicago because of …(a) the outbreak of the Civil War in the East(b) the increase in manufacturing activity(c) good opportunities for travel(d) schools that trained qualified economists

7. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the text as a major factor in Chicago’s growth?(a) New railroad lines(b) Innovative farm equipment(c) Increased water transportation networks

(d) Rising demand for the manufacture of explosives8. After examine the patient, the doctor write a …

a. Recipe c. Receiptb. Prescription d. Drug

9. Teacher : Why are forest important for us?Ferry : We can find ……. plants which are used as medicines, but also export

commodities such as timbers, rattan as well as rubbers in the forests. a. both c. either

b. not only d. neither10. Mother : Nadya, please give me some salt! Nadya : There is not …….. salt left in the container. Shall I buy some now? Mother : Yes, please. a. a few c. any b. a little d. many11. Nisa : How often do you go to the market? Nadine : …………. a week, every Saturday evening.

a. four times c. twice b. three times d. once

12. 1) He could not move. 2) Soon an ambulance came. 3) He felt down from a tree and broke his ankle. 4) Anto was playing in the garden. 5) His father rang for ambulance. The best arrangement is ………. a. 2 – 4 – 3 – 1 – 5 c. 4 – 2 – 3 – 1 – 5 b. 4 – 3 – 1 – 5 – 2 d. 4 – 3 – 1 – 2 – 5

The text is for question number 13 to 16Hay fever is a seasonal allergy to pollens; the term “hay fever,” however, is a less than

adequate description since an attack can be brought on by sources other than hay-producing grasses. Hay fever is generally caused by air-borne pollens, particularly ragweed pollen. The amount of pollen in the air is largely dependent on geographical location, weather, and season. In the eastern section of the United States, for example, there are generally three periods when pollen from various sources can cause intensive hay fever suffering: in the springtime months of March and April when pollen from trees is prevalent, in the summer month of June and July when grass pollen fills the air, and at the end of August when ragweed pollen is at its most concentrated levels.

13.Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?(a) The relationship between Season and Allergies(b) Misconceptions and Facts about Hay Fever(c) Hay Fever in the Eastern U.S(d) How Ragweed Causes Hay Fever

14.According to the passage, which of the following helps to explain why the term “hay fever” is somewhat of a misnomer?

(a) A strong fever occurs after an attack(b) The amount of pollen in the air depends on geographical location(c) Hay fever is often caused by ragweed pollen

(d) Grass pollen is prevalent in June and July15.Which of the following is NOT discussed in the passage as a determining factor of the amount of

pollen in the air?(a) Place(b) Climate(c) Time of Year(d) Altitude

16.Which of the following is NOT true about hay fever in the eastern U.S.?(a) Suffering from hay fever is equally severe year-round(b) Pollen from trees causes hay fever suffering in the spring(c) Grass pollen fills the air earlier in the year than ragweed pollen(d) Ragweed pollen is most prevalent at the end of the summer

17. Ahmad : ………………! Tata : Excuse me?

Ahmad : The road is slippery, you might fall.

Tata : Thanks for the warning. a. come in c. be careful b. welcome d. all right

18. Ega : Have you ever been to Lake Sarangan,Wo? Bowo : Yes, I have. Even last holiday, I ……..

there together with my friends for a picnic. a. began c. brought b. went d. decided19. Tasya : …………...... “Hantu Jeruk Purut” before? Shita : Not yet. But I want to watch it. a. Have you ever watch b. Have you ever watched c. Have you ever look d. Have you ever looking for20. Mr.Ali : It was such a good presentation. Who is she? Mr.Bram : That’s my new secretary. Mr. Ali : Tell me more about her.

Mr.Bram : Well, she is not only smart but also……. 3 languages very well. a. will speak c. is speaking

b. has spoken d. can speak

The text is for question number 21 to 25RAFFLESIA ARNOLDI

The vast Archipelago and the chain of islands has made Indonesia the home of large variety of plant life. The Indonesian flora ranges from the tiny orchid to the giant rafflesia plant. No wonder many botanists were curious to study these plants.

The Rafflesia arnoldi is the biggest flower in the world. It is unusual because of its large size. It has flower almost a meter in diameter and 1.40 meters in high.

Rafflesia is derived from the name of British Governor General, Sir Stamford Raffles, who once governed and build the Bogor Botanical Garden in Bogor. Though it is called Rafflesia after Raffles, the man who discovered the plant was Beccary, an Italian botanist who visited Sumatra in 1928.

Rafflesias consist of two parts: the stick-like part which grows in the middle and the petals around and bellows it.

The Rafflesia plant begins to flowers in its ten year. It blooms three or four time a year. Before it begins to flower, the leaves and the stem become dry and look dead, but the main root in the ground is still alive.

While the flower is blooming, it has a very unpleasant smell which attracts insects, especially green flies. They seem eager to explore the flower. But if the flies tough the bottom part of the stick, like centre, they will die.

21. The part which grows in the middle is….a. stick c. rootb. petal d. leaves

22. How many part does Rafflesia have?a. One c. Three b. Two d. Four

23. The size of Rafflesia arnoldi is….. a. 1.40 meters in diameter and 1 meter in high.

b. 1.40 meters in diameter and 1.40 meters in high.

c. 1 meter in diameter and 1.40 meters in highd. 1 meter in diameter and 1 meter in high.

24. How many times does Rafflesia arnoldi bloom a year? a. One and two times.b. Two and three times.c. Three and five times.d. Three and four times

25. Who built Bogor Botanical Garden? a. Sir Stamford Raffles. b. The Italian Governor c. Beccary d. The British Governor General

26. Afifa : ……………..? Shilla : I like to watch Indonesia today.”

a. What articles do you like to read b. What radio program do you like to listen c. What film do you like to see d. What TV program do you like to watch

Jl. Garuda 159

Surabaya

March 30, 2008Dear Ratih,

I’m sorry I haven’t informed you about my holiday yet. Actually Raka and I want to go to your town as soon as possible. But, my father doesn’t let us go your house alone. We have to wait for our father’s holiday.

We will leave on next Saturday evening by train. We will arrive at your town on Sunday at about two p.m. I hope you can pick us up at the railways station.

That’s all my information. I hope we will spend our holidays happily. Give my best regards to Uncle, Aunt, Riko, Edi, and Joko.

27. Nani : It is very hot, …………? Novi : Yes, please. I am very thirsty now. a. can you help me b. would you help me, please c. would you like a drink d. do you want to eatQuestion number 28 – 30

28. How would Putri’s family go to Ratih’s house ? a. By car c. by train b. By bus d. By plane 29. When would they arrive at Ratih’s house ? a. On Saturday afternoon b. On Saturday evening c. On Sunday afternoon d. On Sunday evening 30. Who is Putri’s brother ? a. Raka c. Edi b. Riko d. Joko

31. Jason : I heard that you saw music concert last night. How was the concert?Ivan : Wow, it was so interesting. All the audiences enjoyed the concert ..... it ended.a. before c. untilb. after d. when

32. Vina : What’s wrong with you?Shika : Why?Vina : You look so ......Shika : I’ve got a headache.a. fresh c. sadb. pale d. cute

33. Yudha : What’s your father?Oscar : He ’s a ......... He builds the buildings especially wall.a. carpenter c. mechanicb. butcher d. bricklayer

34. Reza : Which one do you like, shorts or trousers?Devo : I always wear trousers.From the dialogue we know that Devo ....a. prefers wearing trousers than shortsb. likes wearing trousers better than shortsc. prefers shorts to trousersd. likes shorts better than trousers

35. Dhiwang : I can’t install my computer. What about you, Putra? Putra : ...........

a. I can’t too c. So can Ib. Neither can’t I d. I can’t either

Destination Cost Days Tourists ObjectsBali Rp. 350.000,- 5 7

Jakarta Rp. 280.000,- 4 6

36. Based on the table above the right information is...a. Going to Bali needs less money than to Jakartab. Traveling to Jakarta covers less time than to Balic. There are more tourists objects in Jakarta than Balid. Having holiday in Bali can visit few tourists objects than in Jakarta

The text is for question number 37 to 41Receptionist : Good afternoon, Aira Hotel, can I

help you?Ihsan : Good afternoon. Yes. Can you tell

me how much a single room with a bath costs per night?

Receptionist : Yes, Sir. A single room without breakfast included, costs one hundred and twenty-five thousand Rupiahs per night.

Ihsan : Good. Have you got any rooms available at the end of May?

Receptionist : Yes, we have. How long would you like to stay?Ihsan : I’d like to stay for two weeks, from the twenty-eight of May to the tenth of June.Receptionist : Fine. A single room with bath?Ihsan : Yes, please.Receptionist : And the name, please?Ihsan : Ihsan. That’s I – H – S – A – N.Receptionist : Let me see... We have a room on the third floor, number 361.Ihsan : That sounds fine. I’ll take it.

37. What is the room that Ihsan wants to book?

a. A single roomb. A single room with bathc. A double roomd. A double room without bath

38. How much does the room cost?a. 100.000 rupiahs c. 125.000 rupiahsb. 120.000 rupiahs d. 150.000 rupiahs

39. When will Ihsan stay in the hotel?a. May 18th to June 10thb. May 10th to June 28thc. May 28th to June 10thd. May 8th to June 10th

40. Which of the following statement is true according to the dialogue above?a. Ihsan is asking how many rooms in the hotel areb. Ihsan wants to stay in the hotel for two weeksc. Ihsan books a double room with bathd. Ihsan gets a room on the second floor

41. The word it in the last sentence refers to....a. a floor c. a roomb. a number d. a hotel

42. Sri : What’s the matter?Dwi : Oh, Sri. I’ve got a terrible headache.Sri : Poor you. Why don’t you take some ...a. snacks c. clothesb. tablets d. operations

43. Biyan : Your sister never cheats during the test, ......?

Sasha : That’s right. She is an honest student.a. do you c. don’t youb. does she d. doesn’t she

44. Rakha : Have you read this magazine?Putra : Yes, why?Rakha : ..................!Putra : You’re right. All articles here are

important for us to be read.a. What good magazine is itb. How good the magazine isc. What a good magazine is itd. How good magazine is this

45. Arrange these sentences to make a paragraph!

1 They had to stay in a hotel2 They looked for some hotels to stay the night3 Budi and Angga went to Bandung last holiday4 They didn’t have any relatives there5 So the didn’t need to eat out6 They enjoyed staying in the hotel very much7 Then they found a clean and good hotel8 There was a restaurant in the hotela. 3 – 4 – 8 – 6 – 2 – 1 – 5 – 7 b. 3 – 2 – 4 – 7 – 1 – 8 – 6 – 5 c. 3 – 4 – 1 – 2 – 7 – 8 – 5 – 6 d. 3 – 8 – 2 – 1 – 5 – 7 – 6 – 4

The text is for question number 46 to 48Dekanawida’s role as a supreme lawgiver in the Iroquois tribe has given him the status of

demigod within the Indian nation. Born into the Huron tribe, Dekanawida caused great fear in his parents, who tried to drown him in his youth after a prophecy was made indicating that he would bring great sorrow to the Huron nation. Dekanawida was to survive this attempted drowning but later left his parents’ home and tribe to live among the Iroquois.

One of his achievements with the Iroquois was the institution of a law among the Iroquois that virtually ended blood feuds among the nation’s families. Wampum, strings of beads made of polished shells, was a valued commodity in the Iroquois culture; according to the policies established by Dekanawida, wampum had to be paid to the family of a murder victim by the family of the killer. Since the killer was also put to death, the family of the killer had to pay the victim’s family in wampum for two deaths, the death of the murder victim and the death of the killer. These strict policies implemented by Dekanawida helped to establish him as a wise lawgiver and leader of the iroquois nation.

46. According to the passage, Dekanawida was NOT?a. a lawmakerb. a Huron by birthc. a near deityd. drowned when he was young

47. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passageabout wampum?a. it was used extensively by the Huronb. it had a high value to the Iroquoisc. it was given to a murder victim’s familyd. it was made of polished sells

48. ”... that he would bring great sorrow to the Huron nation.”The underlined word has the closest meaning to ...a. joy c. fortuneb. sadness d. ruin

Question number 49 to 53

Africa is a .......49) of developing countries. It lies .....50) the Atlantic Ocean in the West and the Indian Ocean in the East. These oceans .....51) in the South of Africa. Africa is famous for .....52) two wide deserts. .....53) the Sahara Desert and the Kalahari Desert.

49. a. sea c. continentb. peninsula d. lake

50. a. in c. amongb. between d. over

51. a. meets c. will meetb. met d. meet

52. a. its c. it’sb. it d. their

53. a. That is c. They areb. It is d. There are

54. Ayu : Mum, can I go to the cinema tonight, please?

Mrs. Ida : I’m sorry. You can’t.From the dialogue we can conclude that...a. Ayu is inviting her mother to go to the cinemab. Mrs. Ida refuses Ayu permision to go to the cinemac. Mrs. Ida is asking permission to go to the cinemad. Ayu is giving Mrs. Ida permission to go to the cinema

55. Look! Besya ........ a very thick book. I’m sure that she ....... finish reading it this afternoon.a. reads – does notb. reads – do notc. is reading – does notd. reading – will not

56. The bust departs at midday ..... we will arrive in Bandung at two thirty.a. but c. althoughb. so d. because

57. The mice hid in the hole, ..........?a. weren’t they c. didn’t theyb. didn’t it d. don’t they

The text is for question number 58 to 60San Francisco is my favorite city in the United States. It is beautiful, clean, not too big, and it

has something for everybody. I love the streets and buildings in San Francisco. The streets wind up and down the hills, with beautiful old brick and wooden houses on either side.

One of my favorite things to do in San Francisco is to ride the cable car. It takes you to most parts of the city. It’s not a very comfortable ride, but it’s exciting and the views you get from the car are wonderful.

I like the weather in San Francisco. It never gets too cold or too hot. The summers are pleasant. The fresh breezes blow off the ocean and the sky is always blue. It rains quite a lot in the winter, but it never gets very cold.

Another thing I enjoy about the city is the restaurants. The seafood restaurant with crabs and lobster are my favorites. You can also get great Chinese, Japanese, American, and European food in San Francisco.

58. The text is about San Francisco which …… a. is a tourist destination b. has a bad weather. c. is the writer’s favorite city in USA d. has a comfortable transportation

59. From the text above we know that the streets in San Francisco are not …..

a. straight c. long b. wide d. narrow

60. “But it’s exciting and the views you get from the car are wonderful.”

The synonym of the underlined word is ….a. facilities c. serviceb. scenery d. focus

LEARNING ACTIVITY I : GRAMMAR

Basic Understanding about English GrammarGrammar dalam bahasa inggris dapat diartikan tata bahasa atau sistem bahasa. Yang mencakup : Pronoun and Noun, Word/Part of speech, Phrase, Sentence, Tenses, Moda Auxiliaries, Gerund and Infinitive, Passive Voice, Reported Speech, and Relative Clause.

I. PRONOUN AND NOUN


score

………/6

Macam Pronoun

PenjelasanContoh Kalimat Pronoun

Personal Pronoun

Merupakan kata ganti untuk orang, hewan, benda, atau hal secara spesifik. Bentuk kata ganti ini tergantung pada peran (subject, object, possessive), jumlah, orang ke-, dan gender dari noun yang digantikan.

I, you, us, them, its

Demonstrative Pronoun

Merupakan kata ganti yang menggunakan parameter number (jumlah) dan distance (jarak).

this, that, these, those

Interrogative Pronoun

Merupakan kata ganti yang digunakan untuk mengajukan pertanyaan.

Who is that man?(Siapa lelaki itu?)

Relative Pronoun

Merupakan kata ganti yang biasanya digunakan untuk memperkenalkan relative clause yang menerangkan noun.

The packet, which was sent a week ago, has received.(Paket tersebut, yang dikirim seminggu lalu, telah diterima.)

Indefinite Pronoun

Merupakan kata ganti untuk orang, benda, atau hal secara umum atau tidak spesifik.

anything, everything, none

Reflexive Pronoun

Merupakan kata ganti yang digunakan untuk menyatakan bahwa subjek menerima aksi dari verb (reciprocal action) pada suatu clause atau kalimat.

I‘m going to buy myself new jeans.(Saya akan membeli celana jins.)

Intensive Pronoun

Merupakan kata ganti yang digunakan untuk memberikan penekanan pada noun yang mendahuluinya.

I myself promise not to corrupt the project.(Saya berjanji tidak akan mengorupsi proyek tersebut.)

Reciprocal Pronoun

Merupakan kata ganti yang digunakan pada kondisi ketika dua atau lebih subjek melakukan aksi yang sama satu sama lain.

each other, one another

Kata Ganti orang atau Personal Pronoun.Berikut ini adalah tabel kata ganti untuk orang pertama (first person), kedua (second person), dan ketiga (third person).Number Person Case

http://www.wordsmile.com/reciprocal-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/reciprocal-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/intensive-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/intensive-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/reflexive-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/reflexive-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/indefinite-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/indefinite-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/adjective-clause

http://www.wordsmile.com/relative-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/relative-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/interrogative-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/interrogative-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/demonstrative-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/demonstrative-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/personal-pronouns

http://www.wordsmile.com/personal-pronouns

Subjective Objective Possessive

Singular 1st I me mine

2nd you you yours

3rd she, he, it her, him, it hers, his, its

Plural 1st we us ours

2nd you you yours

3rd they them theirs

Subject Pronouns

Personal pronouns yang digunakan sebagai subjek kata kerja adalah I, you, he, she, it, we, dan they. Perhatikan contoh kalimat berikut ini:- Lisa likes cats. She has four cats.

Pada kalimat pertama, Lisa (proper noun) adalah subjek kalimat atau subjek kata kerja likes. Sedangkan pada kalimat kedua, she adalah subjek kalimat dan sebagai kata ganti untuk Lisa.

Beberapa contoh personal pronouns sebagai subjek:- My name is Michael. I am fourteen.- My father works hard. He works in a factory.- My sister is older than me. She is twelve.- Our dog is very naughty. It likes to chase cats.- Bob, you are a bad boy!- David and I are playing football. We like sports.- Jim and Jeff are my brothers. They are older than I am.

Object Pronouns

Personal pronouns yang digunakan sebagai objek kata kerja adalah me, you, him, her, it, us dan them. Perhatikan contoh kalimat berikut ini:- Lisa likes cats. She likes to stroke them.

Pada kalimat pertama, cats adalah objek kalimat atau objek kata kerja likes. Sedangkan pada kalimat kedua, them adalah objek kalimat dan sebagai kata ganti untuk cats.

Beberapa contoh personal pronouns sebagai objek:- I’m doing my homework. Dad is helping me.

- Goodbye, children! I’ll call you later.- Where is John? I need to speak to him.- Miss Garcia is very nice. All the children like her.- The car is very dirty. Mom is cleaning it.- - My chocolates are all gone. Someone has eaten them.

Dalam tata bahasa Inggris, pembicara atau orang yang berbicara disebut dengan orang pertama (first person), sedangkan yang diajak berbicara adalah orang kedua (second person), dan orang yang dibicarakan disebut sebagai orang ketiga (third person).Possessive Pronoun vs Possessive AdjectiveKata ini mirip dengan possessive adjective (disebut juga possessive determiner) — semakna namun berbeda dalam struktur. Possessive pronoun menggantikan noun sedangkan possessive adjective ditempatkan sebelum noun.Person Number Possessive Pronoun Number Possessive Adjective1st singular mine singular/plural my2nd yours your3rd hers, his, its her, his, its1st plural ours our2nd yours your3rd theirs their

Catatan:Hers dan her untuk female (perempuan), his untuk male (laki-laki), sedangkan its untuk gender netral.Contoh Kalimat Possessive Pronoun vs Adjective:Possessive Pronoun Possessive AdjectiveMine has worn out. (Punya saya sudah aus.)

Myshoes have worn out. (Sepatu saya sudah aus.)

I like yours. (Saya suka punyamu.) I like yourstyle. (Saya suka gayamu.)This is hers. (Ini miliknya.) This is herscarf.(ini syalnya.)They are using ours. (Mereka sedang menggunakan punya kita.)

They are using ourtools. (Mereka sedang menggunakan peralatan kita.)

Yours are on the table. (Punya kalian di atas meja.)

Yourtickets are on the table.(Tiket kalian di atas meja.)

Theirs are the best for dry skin.(Punya mereka terbaik untuk kulit kering.)

Theirproducts are the best for dry skin. (Produk mereka terbaik untuk kulit kering.)

Penggunaan Possessive PronounPossessive pronoun digunakan ketika object of possession diketahui berdasarkan konteks. Biasanya ada bagian pendahulu atau antecedent, singular atau plural, yang berhubungan dengan object of possession tersebut.Contoh Kalimat Possessive Pronoun:

http://www.wordsmile.com/pronoun-antecedent-agreement

http://www.wordsmile.com/noun-introduction

http://www.wordsmile.com/possessive-adjective

My brother’s study table was pink. Mine was light blue. (Meja belajar saudara saya merah muda. Punya saya biru muda.)

I hate my job. Do you hate yours? (Saya benci pekerjaan saya. Apa kamu benci (pekerjaanmu)?)

Whose wallet is this? It’s hers. (Dompet punya siapa ini? Itu miliknya.) Those aren’t our new uniforms. Those are theirs. (Itu bukan seragam baru kita. Itu punya

mereka.)

Possessive Nouns Possessive nouns adalah kata benda atau nomina yang digunakan untuk menyatakan kepemilikan atas suatu benda. Bentuk possessive dipakai bersama suatu nomina yang menunjuk pada seseorang, sekelompok orang, negara, atau binatang.Contoh possessive nouns yang menyatakan kepemilikan suatu benda: Tom owns a car. “Tom” adalah pemilik dari “a car”, maka bentuk possessive-nya adalah:

It is Tom's car.Contoh possessive nouns dengan bentuk sebelumnya: The car of John = John’s car.- The room of the girls = The girls’ room. The sister of Charles = Charles’ sister. The boat of the sailors = The sailors’ boat.

Selain menyatakan kepemilikan atas benda, possessive nouns juga dapat menyatakan relasi antara seseorang terhadap hubungan kekeluargaan, tempat kegiatannya, dan sifat atau karakternya. Contoh:- Mark goes to that school. That is Mark’s school.Camilla’s mother.- Luke’s patience.

Perhatikan catatan dan aturan pembentukan possessive nouns berikut di bawah ini.Jika singular nouns tidak berakhiran –s, tambahkan ‘s (apostrof dan s) The delivery boy’s truck was blocking the driveway. Bob Dole’s concession speech was stoic and dignified. The student’s attempts to solve the problem were rewarded

Jika singular nouns berakhiran –s, tambahkan ‘s, kecuali bila kata berikutnya diawali dengan huruf s, maka tambahkan saja apostrof (termasuk juga kata yang bersuara s and sh.) The boss’s temper was legendary among his employees.- The boss’ sister was even

meaner. The witness’s version of the story has several inconsistencies.

Jika singular proper nouns berakhiran –s, tambahkan saja apostrof Chris’ exam scores were higher than any other students.

Jika plural nouns berakhiran –s, tambahkan apostrof saja. Hal ini juga berlaku untuk kata berbentuk singular yang berakhiran -s (seperti kata mathematics dan measles) The instructor asked us to analyze ten poems’ meanings. The dog catcher had to check all of the dogs’ tags.

It is hard to endure the Marine Corps’ style of discipline.

Jika plural nouns tidak berakhiran –s, tambahkan ‘s (apostrof dan s) Many activists in Oregon are concerned with children’s rights. Everyone was disappointed with the American media’s coverage of the Olympics in

Atlanta.

Jika memakai gabungan nomina possessive (joint possession), maka gunakan bentuk possessive pada nomina yang paling dekat dengan kata berikutnya. Clinton and Gore's campaign was successful. She was worried about her mother and father's marriage. Beavis and Butthead's appeal is absolutely lost on me.

Jika dua nomina atau lebih dipakai untuk menyatakan kepemilikannya masing-masing (separate possession), maka gunakan bentuk possessive pada setiap nomina.- The owner’s and the boss’s excuses were equally false.- The dog’s and the cats’ owners were in school when the fire broke out.

Dalam suatu konstruksi gabungan (compound constructions), gunakan bentuk possessive pada nomina yang paling dekat dengan kata berikutnya (sebaiknya hindari pemakaian bentuk possessive untuk konstruksi gabungan berbentuk plural (compound plurals)).- My father-in-law’s BMW is really fun to drive.- The forest ranger’s truck is painted an ugly shade of green.

Bentuk possessive juga digunakan untuk menunjukkan sebuah toko, restoran, sekolah, tempat ibadah, dsb. dengan memakai nama, merek, atau pekerjaan dari si pemilik, misalnya: the grocer's, the newsagent's, the dentist's, Saint Mary's, the doctor's, the chemist's, etc.

Beberapa ungkapan umum yang memakai bentuk possessive:- a day's work- a fortnight's holiday- a month's pay- today's newspaper- in a year's time- For God's sake!- a pound's worth of apples.- the water's edge- a stone's throw away (= very near)- at death's door (= very ill)- in my mind's eye (= in my imagination)

Noun: Singular and Plural

Singular nouns adalah kata benda tunggal. Perbedaan kata benda tunggal (singular nouns) dan kata benda jamak (plural nouns) dalam kalimat bahasa inggris perlu diperhatikan karena berpengaruh terhadap kata kerja (baik verb tobe, verb to have maupun kata kerja.

Plural nouns adalah kata benda jamak. Pada umumnya kata benda jamak di bentuk dengan menambah “S” atau “ES” pada kata benda tunggal, degan beberapa pengecualian.Kata benda tunggal dalam kalimat harus memakai kata kerja tumggal, sedangkan kata benda jamak harus menggunakan kata kerja jamak. Contoh :* This car is expensive : mobil ini mahal ( car bentuk tunggal menggunakan is )

* These cars are expensive : mobil-mobil ini mahal ( cars bentuk jamak menggunakan are )

Cara-cara membentuk kata benda jamak:A. Dengan menambah “S” pada kata benda tunggal jika tidak termasuk dalam daftar huruf desis.

Singular (tunggal) plural (jamak) meaning (artinya)door doors pintuhand hands tanganschool schools sekolahhouse houses rumahtable tables mejastudent students pelajar (murid)dog dogs anjingcat cats kucingpencil pencils pensilbird birds burungcake cakes kuetree trees pohonlecturer lecturers dosenruler rulers penggarisflower flowers bunga

B. Dengan menambah “ES”, jika kata benda tunggal berakhiran huruf desis, seperti S, SS, CH, TCH, SH, X, Z.Singular (tunggal) plural (jamak) meaning (artinya)Ash ashes abuBus buses basBrush brushes sikat/kuasDish dishes piringClass classes kelasGlass glasses kelasBox boxes kotakBuzz buzzes dengunganQuiz quizes ulangan/kuisBranch branches dahanChurch churches gerejaMatch matches korek apiWatch watches arlojiDress dresses gaunFox foxes srigala

Sex sexes jenis kelaminTax taxes pajakBench benches bangku

EXERCISES

A. complete the sentences with him/her/them1. I don’t know those girls. Do you know .................................?2. I don’t know tha man. Do you know .................................?3. I don’t know those people. Do you know .................................?4. I don’t know Bill’s wife. Do you know .................................?5. I don’t know Mr. Joe. Do you know .................................?6. I don’t know Gate’s parents. Do you know ........................?7. I don’t know the woman in the black dress. Do you know...........?

B. complete the sentences. Use I/me/you/she/her etc.1. I want to see her, but ...........doesn’t want to see ..............2. They want to see me, but .......don’t want to see .................3. She wants to see him, but ..............................4. We want to see them, but .............................5. He wants to see us, but ..............................6. They want to see her, but ...........................7. I want to see them, but ...............................8. You want to see her, but ............................

C. complete the sentences1. I don’t eat tomatoes. I don’t like them.2. George is a very nice man. I ..... ...................3. This jacket isn’t very nice. I ................... ........4. This is my new car. Do ............................?5. Mrs. Clark is not very friendly. I ..................6. These are my shoes. ..............................?

D. complete the sentences1. Who is that woman? Why are you looking at ..........?2. ‘Do you know that man?’ ‘Yes, I work with .............’3. Where are the tickets? I can’t find ....................4. I can’t find my keys. Where are ................?5. We’re going out. You can come with ...........6. I’ve got a new computer. Do you want to see ...........?7. Maria likes music. ................plays the piano.8. I don’t like dogs. I’m afraid of ..........................9. I’m talking to you. Please listen to .........................10. Where is Anna? I want to talk to ..........................11. You can have these CDs. I don’t want ................12. My brother has a new job. But ....... doesn’t like ..........

E. complete the sentences1. I need that book. Can you give it to me?2. He wants the key. Can you ........................3. She wants the keys. Can you ..................4. I want the letter. Can you ...............5. They want the money. Can you ...............6. We want the photographs. Can you .............

F. complete the sentences1. I’m going to wash my hands.2. she’s going to wash ......................3. we’re going to wash.........................4. he’s going to wash...........................5. they’re going to wash.......................6. are you going to wash......................?

G. complete the sentences1. He lives with his parents. 2. They ..............................................3. We ..............................................4. Jane .............................................5. I ...................................................6. John .............................................7. Do you ........................................?8. Most children .................................

LEARNING ACTIVITY 2

Pada Bahan Belajar ini, Siswa mengenal kelompok kata (Parts of Speech) pembentukan kata (‘word formation’) melalui pemberian awalan (prefixes) dan akhiran (suffixes) baik yang bersifat derivatives, maupun inflectional, yang berdampak pada pengayaan kelompok kata bahasa Inggris. Mahasiswa juga mengenali persamaan kata (synonym), lawan kata (antonym), serta mengetahui pasangan kata yang sesuai (collocation) dalam bahasa Inggris.

Tujuan Pembelajaran Umum Mahasiswa dapat menguasai sejumlah kosa kata dalam bahasa Inngris dengan melakukan pengelompokkan kata, pembentukkan kata maupun pemasangan kata yang tepat dalam bahasa Inggris, dan menggunakannya dalam kalimat sederhana.

Tujuan Pembelajaran Khusus 1. Mahasiswa dapat menganalisa kalimat sederhana ke dalam unsur-unsur kalimat. 2. Mahasiswa dapat mengelompokkan kata dalam bahasa Inggris dengan pengelompokan

fungsi yang tepat. 3. Mahasiswa dapat menunjukkan ciri-ciri awalan maupun akhiran pembentuk kata bahasa

Inggris dan mengaplikasikannya dalam kalimat. 4. Mahasiswa dapat menggabungkan kata dalam bahasa Inggris menjadi frasa yang

bermakna. 5. Mahasiswa dapat menunjukkan persamaan kata, lawan kata, maupun pasangan kata.

Untuk membantu Anda mencapai tujuan tersebut, Bahan Belajar ini diorganisasikan menjadi dua Kegiatan Belajar (KB), yaitu: KB1 : Reviewing ‘Parts of Sentence’ through analyzing simple sentences. KB2 : Reviewing ‘Parts of Speech’ through analyzing simple sentences.

2. WORD, PHRASE, SENTENCE

Explanation and Example

Word : a meaningful sound or combination of sounds that is a unit of language or its representation in a text. (=Kata adalah bunyi yang mengandung arti atau kombinasi bunyi sebagai satu kesatuan bahasa dalam bentuk teks)High, tall, house, room, books

Phrase: a string of words that form a grammatical unit, usually within a clause or sentence. (=Frasa adalah untaian kata-kata yang membentuk suatu unit tata bahasa, biasanya terkandung dalam kalimat/klausa).

Part of speech

Ketika kita memahami jenis-jenis kata (Part of speech) maka kita akan dengan mudah merangkai kata-kata tersebut menjadi sebuah kalimat sederhana secara grammatical.

Part of Speech

PengertianContoh Kalimat Part of Speech

Noun(Kata benda)

Part of speechini digunakan untuk menamai orang, benda, hewan, tempat, dan konsep abstrak.

book, house, car, love;Your book is on the table. (Bukumu di atas meja.)

Pronoun(Kata ganti)

Pronoundigunakan untuk menggantikan noun. Part of speech ini bermanfaat untuk menghindari repetisi penggunaan noun.

I, you, she, this, those, none;It is on the table.(Itu di atas meja.)

Verb(Kata kerja)

Partof speechini digunakan untuk menunjukkan tindakan dari subject,menunjukkan peristiwa, atau keadaan.

hit, touch, write;You hit the nail on the head. (idiom: melakukan sesuatu dengan cara paling efektif.)

Adjective(Kata sifat)

Part of speechini digunakan untuk menerangkan noun atau pronoun.

a beautiful girl, the expensive carVina is a beautiful girl.(Vina adalah gadis yang cantik.)

Adverb(Kata keterangan)

Part of speechini digunakan untuk menerangkan verb, adjective, maupun adverb lain. Macam-macam kata ini antaralain:adverbof time, manner, degree, modality, frequency, place& direction, dan focus.

yesterday, quicky, very, maybe, always, there, justThey met by chance yesterday.(Merekabertemu tidak sengaja kemarin.)

Preposition(Kata depan)

Part of speechini dikombinasikan dengan noun atau pronoun, membentuk phrase (frasa) yang menerangkan verb, noun, atau adjective.

in the classroom, onthe floorIs sleeping on the floor good for my back?(Apakah tidur di lantai

http://www.wordsmile.com/prepositions-introduction

http://www.wordsmile.com/focusing-adverbs

http://www.wordsmile.com/adverb-of-place-and-direction

http://www.wordsmile.com/adverb-of-frequency

http://www.wordsmile.com/adverb-of-modality

http://www.wordsmile.com/pengertian-dan-contoh-adverb-of-degree

http://www.wordsmile.com/adverb-of-manner

http://www.wordsmile.com/adverb-of-time

http://www.wordsmile.com/adverb-introduction

http://www.wordsmile.com/adjective-introduction

http://www.wordsmile.com/verb-introduction


http://www.wordsmile.com/pronoun-introduction


baik untuk punggung saya?)

Conjunction(Kata sambung)

Part of speechini digunakan untuk menghubungkan dua kata, phrase(frasa), clause (klausa), atau paragraph(paragraf). Kata ini terbagi menjadi coordinate, correlative, subordinate, dan adverbialconjunction.

but, both … and, although, however;I like that car, but I don’thave enough money to but it. (Saya suka mobil itu, tapi saya tidak punya cukup uang untuk membelinya.)

Interjection Interjection merupakan ucapan pendekdigunakan untuk mengungkapkan emosi.

“Alas, he failed.”“Oy! Look at me!”

Reviewing ‘Parts of Speech’ through analyzing simple sentences Pada kegiatan pembelajaran sebelumnya, Anda telah mempelajari unsur-unsur kalimat dalam bahasa Inggris, pada kegiatan pembelajaran ini Anda akan mempelajari pengelompokkan kata dalam bahasa Inggris berikut fungsinya dalam kalimat. Dalam bahasa Inggris dikenal pengelompokkan kata (Parts of Speech), yakni: Kata Benda (Noun), Kata Kerja (Verb), Kata Sifat (Adjectives), dan Kata Keterangan (Adverb). Dalam paragraf selanjutnya akan diuraikan secara rinci masing-masing kelompok kata.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran 1:Reviewing ‘Parts of Sentence’ through analyzing simple sentences. Kalimat dalam bahasa Inggris pada dasarnya terdiri dari dua unsur, yaitu (1) subject dan (2) predicate. Predicate dalam bahasa Inggris, terdiri dari (1) a predicating word (Verb), yang biasanya disertai dengan object, dan (2) a linking verb, yang biasanya disertai dengan complement berupa adjective (kata sifat) atau adverb (kata keterangan).

Subject

Predicating Words

Object Adverbs

Linking verbs Complement

Subject Predicate

Dengan demikian kalimat bahasa Inggris memiliki unsur berikut

Subject Verb Object Adverb Complement (SVOAC)

Perhatikan contoh kalimat dalam bahasa Inggris berikut:1. The boy throws the ball into the water2. Mary is beautiful

Kalimat di atas diuraikan menjadi:

http://www.wordsmile.com/interjections

http://www.wordsmile.com/adverbial-conjunction

http://www.wordsmile.com/subordinate-conjunction

http://www.wordsmile.com/correlative-conjunction

http://www.wordsmile.com/coordinate-conjunction

http://www.wordsmile.com/conjunction-introduction

1.The boy throws the ball into the water

Subject Predicating Word

Object Adverb

Subject Predicate

2.Mary is beautiful

Subject Linking Verb Complement

Subject Predicate

LATIHANUntuk memperdalam pemahaman Anda tentang materi yang telah diuraikan di atas, kerjakanlah soal latihan berikut.

Task 1.1: Analyze the pattern of these sentences. Put S for subject, V for verb, O for object, C for complement, and A for adverb

RANGKUMANMaka pola kalimat dalam bahasa Inggris merupakan variasi dari Subject (S) Verb (V) Object (O) Complement (Adverb). Perhatikan pola kalimat di bawah ini:

TES FORMATIF IFrom the four words or phrases (A), (B), (C), or (D), choose the one that best completes the sentence.

1. ____________ in fluorescent lamps, television tubes, and other devices.(A) Phosphors are used (C) To use phosphors(B) It is phosphors (D) Using phosphors

2. The tips of some undersea mountains ____________ islands in the middle of the ocean.(A) to form (B) they form (C) form (D) forming

3. ____________ of fish: jawless fish, cartilaginous fish, and bony fish.(A) It is three types (C) Three types(B) There are three types (D) Three types are

4. ____________to stop yourself from blinking except for a short period of time.

(A) Impossible it (C) It impossible(B) Impossible (D) It is impossible

5. ____________ the Sitka spruce a hundred years to grow eleven inches.(A) It takes (C) By taking(B) To take (D) That takes

6. ____________ today was developed by the Swiss scientist Horace de Sassurearound 1773.(A) Mountaineering it as we know (C) We know mountaineering is(B) Mountaineering as we know it (D) We know there is mountaineering

7. ____________ of the surface of the Earth is covered by water.(A) Three-quarters is nearly (C) It is nearly three-

quarters(B) There is nearly three-quarters (D) Nearly three-quarters

8. By the mid-eighteenth century ____________ many new immigrants entering North America from Europe that the original colonies in the Northeast were overcrowded.(A) it were (B) were (C) there (D) therewere

9. ____________ not until the end of the seventeenth century that scientistsbegan to stress the importance of experiment as a way of gaining knowledge.(A) There was (B) It was (C) There (D) It

GRAMMAR & TENSES

TENSES

Simple Present TenseBentuk kata kerja yang menyatakan bahwa pekerjaannya dilakukan pada waktu sekarang sebagai suatu kebiasaan.Pola Kalimat :(+) S+V1(es/s orang ketiga tunggal (she, he,it)+O...

She goes to hospital everyday (-) S+does/do not V1+O...

She does not go to hospital everyday; They do not go to hospital everyday(?) Does/do+S+V1+O...

Does she go to hospital everyday?

Waktu sekarang sebagai kebiasaan, dinyatakan dengan keterangan waktu seperti:Every day : setiap hariEvery week : setiap mingguEvery month : setiap bulanEvery year : setiap tahunEvery Friday : setiap hari Jum'atOn Friday : setiap hari Jum’atTwice a week : duakali semingguOnce a week : sekali semingguIn the morning : di pagi hariAdverb of Frequency Always : selaluSometimes : kadangkalaUsually : biasanyaSeldom : jarang-jarangOften : seringkaliNever : tidak pernahHardly ever : hampir tidak pernah

Present continuous tenseDigunakan untuk menyatakan peristiwa atau kegiatan yang sedangberlangsung saat sekarang.Pola Kalimat :(+) S+to be (is, are, am)+ V1-ing+O...

I am studying English now(-) S+to be +not+V1+O...

She is not leaving now(?) To be+ S+V1-ing+O

Is she coming this morning ?

Present Perfect Tense

Bentuk kata kerja yang menyatakan bahwa pekerjaannya dimulai pada waktu lalu (indefinite time) dan pada saat diucapkan “sudah selesaidan ada hasilnya”Pola Kalimat :(+) S+has/have+V3/been+O...I have taken a medicine(-) S+has/have-not + V3/been + O...

I haven’t seen you for may age(?) Has/have + S + V3/been + O...

Have you taken a medicine ?

Present Perfect Continuous TenseBentuk kata kerja yang menyatakan bahwa pekerjannya telah dimulaipada waktu yanglalu, entah kapan dan masih berlangsung terus padasaat diucapkan entah sampai kapan.Bila diikuti keterangan”for....” atau “since....” Bisa juga mengandungpengertian bahwa pekerjannya masih berlangsung terus pada saatkalimatnya diucapkanPola Kalimat :(+) S+has/have+been+V1-ing+O...

I have been studying English for two months.(-) S+has/have+not+been+V1-ing

Joni has not been out for about one month.(+) Has/have +S+been+V1-ing

Have they been walking for an hour.

Simple Past TenseBentuk kata kerja yang menyatakan “pekerjannya” dilakukan padawaktu lampau.Pola Kalimat :(+) S+V2/to be (was/were)+O...(-) S+did not /was-were not + V1/Adjective(?) Did/was-were + S+V1-ing

Pada waktu lampau itu dinyatakan dengan kata keterangan waktuseperti :

yesterday : kemarin the day before yesterday : kemarin dulu two days ago : dua hari yang lalu three months ago : tiga bulan yang lalu many years ago : bertahun-tahun yang lalu last night : tadi malam last month : bulan yang lalu last week : minggu yang lalu lastyear : tahun yang lalu LastFriday : hari Jum’at yang lalu this morning : tadi pagi formerly : dahulu

Past Continuous TenseUntuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang sedang terjadi di masa lampau.

Pola Kalimat :(+) S+was/were+ V1-ing

I was working hard all day yesterday(-) S+ was/were not +V1-ing

She was not walking last night(?) Was/were + S+V1-ing

Was she walking ?

Past Perfect TenseUntuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang telah selesai dilakukan di waktu lampau sebelum peristiwa lain terjadi.Pola Kalimat :(+) S+had+ been +adj/adv/N

She had been ill(-) S+Had not +been +Adj/Adv/N

She had not been ill(?) Had+S+been +Adj/Adv/N

Had she been ill?

Past Perfect Continuous TenseUntuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang sedang berlangsung terus di masa lampau, biasanya dalam jangka waktu tertentu.Pola Kalimat :(+) S + had + been + V1-ing

I had been sleeping(-) S + had not + been + V1-ing

She had not been sleeping(?) Had + S + been + V1-ing

Had you been sleeping ?

Present Future TenseUntuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan terjadidi masa depan.Pola Kalimat :(+) S+ shall/will + be + V1-ing

I will be hungry, I am going to go home tomorrow(-) S + shall/will + not + have + been +adj/adv/N

I will not be hungry; I am going to go home.(?) Shall/will + S|+be+Adj/Adv/N

Will she be hungry ? ; Won’t you be hungry ? ; Are you going to go home ?

Present Future Continuous Tense

Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan sedang berlangsung di masa datang.Pola Kalimat :(+) S+Shall/Will+Be+V1-ing

I will be going home(-) S+Shall/Will not +Be+V1-ing

I will not be going home(?) Will/Shall +S+Be+V1-ing

Will you be going home

Present Future Perfect TenseUntuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang telah dimulai di waktu lampau dan akan telah selesai di waktu tertentu di masa yang akan datangPola Kalimat:(+) S+Shall/Will+Have+Been+Adj/Adv/N

I will have been there(-) S+Shall/Will+Not+Have+Been+Adj/Adv/N

You will not have been there(?) Shall/Will+S+Have+Been+Adj/Adv/N

Will you have been there ?

Past Future TenseUntuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan terjadi di waktu lampau.Pola Kalimat :(+) S+Should/Would+Be+Adj/Adv/N

I should be hungry(-) S+Should/Would Not + Be+Adj/Adv/N

I should not be hungry(?) Should/Would +S+Adj/Adv/N

Would you be hungry ?

Past future continuous tenseUntuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan sedang dilakukan di waktu lampau.

Pola Kalimat:(+) S+Should/Would+Be+v1-ing

You should be running(-) S+Should/Would not + Be+V1-ing

You should not be running(?) Should/Would +S+Be+V1-ing

Would she be running?

Past Future Perfect TenseUntuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan telah dilakukan di waktu lampau.

Pola Kalimat :(+) S+Should/Would+Have+Been+Adj/Adv/N

I should been late(-) S+Should/Would not +Have+Been+Adj/Adv?

I should not have been late(?) Should/Would+S+Have+Been+Adj/Adv?N

Should I have been late?

Past Future Perfect Continuous TenseUntuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan telah sedang terjadi di waktu lampau.Pola Kalimat :(+) S+Should/Would+Have/Been+V1-ing

I should have been sleeping(-) S+Should/Would not+Have+Been+V1-ing

I should not have been sleeping(?) Should/Would+S+Have+Been+V1-ing

Would I have been sleeping?

COMMANDS-REQUESTS

COMMANDS(Kalimat perintah)Pola : Open + Your bookContoh:1. Sweep the floor.2. Polish your hair.3. Comb your hair.

NEGATIVECOMMANDS(Kalimat larangan)Pola: Do not + smoke atau Don’t + smokeContoh:1. Don’t talk2. Don’t make noise3. Don’t write on the wall

REQUEST(Kalimat permintaan)

Open thedoor Please!

ATAU

Please open the door

Do not talk, Please! Please do not talk

Will you come here

Please! Will you please come here?

Would you write your name

Please! Would you please,

write your name?

Would you like To smoke?

Would you mind

helping me?

Won’t join us?

Let us study here

Let’s study here

Ada juga pola klaimat yang tidak menggunakan Verb (kata kerja), sehingga pola yang digunakan sebagai berikut:

Pola Contoh

Be + Adjective Be diligent !

Be + Adverb Be here !

Be + Nouns Be a teacher!

LANGUAGE FUNCTION

1. Functional expressions

Introducing yourself Skills

For introduction yourself is the first step of starting communication between nurse and patient. The most important things of introducing yourself are by saying greeting, contract time, and mention your name.For example: 1. Hello, my name is Joni 2. How do you do? 3. Nice to meet you 4. I am in charge today 5. How do you spell your name?

Practice the dialogue

(1) Visit the patient N: Hello, Mr. Joni, I’m Ani. I’m on duty tonightP: I see… N: How are you? P: I’m better thanks N: Alright Mr. Joni, see you later.

Offering services In some activities, one of the nurse’ role is encouraging patient to offer nursing care to the patient.For example: 1. What can I do for you? 2. Do you need any help? 3. Do you want me to help you? 4. If you need anything, let me know. 5. Is there anything I can do?


(1) In the patient room N : Did you press the buzzer Joni? P : Yes I did N: What is it? P : Can I have rice for my lunch today? N : I’ll ask the doctor. Anything else? P : I miss ice cream N : Wow… let me ask the doctor, OK? P : Thanks. N : Welcome

1.3 Giving direction Giving direction is one of competence that nurse and midwife must be posses. Nursing intervention needs the direction, clearly, accurately, and relevance.

For example: 1. You’d better sit down, madam 2. After that, you need to do the pre admission test. 3. Before the test you must be fasting 4. When you get the results, please come back here. 5. The laboratory is down the hallway


(1) In the laboratory P : Good morning, I’m Rini. This is the note from the registration officeN : Thank you Mister/Mrs.… P : Rini… Rini Dahlan N : Mr Dahlan… Right. Now, Mr. Dahlan… you take this (note) to the gentleman in that

room P : I see N : You will have a urine test. When it’s done, you’ll go to the lady in the opposite room. P : Alright. What did I do there? N: She will do the blood test P : Thank you N : Welcome

1.5 Explaining Explaining is used to explain something about information questions. You need to use some conjunction wards such as: and, but, or, then, after that, because, for example etc.For example: 1. Let me tell you this… 2. Generally speaking, smoking is harmful 3. However, they should maintain balanced diet. 4. This will give you a lot of energy 5. Because milk contains a lot of energy.

Practice the dialogue: (1) A patient afraid will be examined by doctor P : Nurse, what’s going to happen there? N : First, the doctor will ask you detailed questions. P : About what? N : About your health… and any illness you may have had. P : Then? N : The doctor will physically examine you. P : With my cloths on? N : Well you may need to take off most\t your clothing. P : But…? N : You can ask to be examined by a doctor of the same sex as yourself. P : Oh Okay.

1.6 Describing

The Function of describing is focused on describing something, such as instruments, part of the body, diseases, and procedur es of intervention.

For example: 1. How is she? 2. She doesn’t look very good (seriously ill) 3. How was it? (How was the operation?) 4. It went very well 5. The theatre was very cold though.

Practice the dialogue: (1) The condition of patient S : How is you little patient? N : His throat is swollen and he’s got temperature. S : Do you think it’s just infection? N : I guess so…the secondary viral infection after the flu S : I see… So, nothing serious. N : Well looks better than yesterday, but I’d better watch out S : He’s a happy kid. N : You’re right. He’s a lovely boy

1.7 Convincing The function of convincing is to make sure about our intervention that it will help patient of recovery.

For example: 1. Don’t worry, it has no side effects. 2. I’m sure you’ll get well soon 3. I think surgery is the only solution 4. You’ll be home in a couple of days 5. You should really consider it

Practice the dialogue: (1) Convincing the patient in order to reduce the weight P : What do you think? N : It looks like you’ve been putting on weight, madam P : Really? Wow N : You’re supposed to loose some/ it’s extremely important P : Is it? N : Sure it is P : But I’ve tried to eat less and sometimes I skip dinner N : well, you need to consider both quantity and quality. You consider the carbohydrate and

fat content P : That is not easy, isn’t it?

1.8 Persuading Persuading purposes to persuade patient to obey all regulations. The words that commonly used in persuading are probably, would be, likely etc.

For example: 1. I would say that you need a doctor 2. It is a likely that you need medication 3. We really need your supports 4. Could you consider the proposals? 5. Staying in the hospital is not bad idea Practice the dialogue:

(1) Persuading to see the operate N: Doctor Joni, can I ask you something? D: Sure, what is it? N: May I watch you perform the operation today? D: But you’re a ward nurse. N: I know, but I want to be in the theatre once a while. O doesn’t dare ask the other doctors. D: Wouldn’t you be on duty this afternoon? N: No, I’ll be free after lunch. Is okay doctor? D: Not a problem. I’ll let the theatre people know. N: Thank you very much, doctor. I really appreciate that. D: Don’t mention it. See you there. N: see you, doctor.

1.9 Consoling/soothing Consoling purposes to consul patient to be calm down or relaxFor example: 1. Take it easy… 2. Calm down… 3. Don’t worry… 4. Take a deep breath … 5. You’re in pain. Aren’t you?

Practice the dialogue: (1) Patient need comfortable and relaxing N : Good morning… How are you? P : Well… not very good, I’m afraid N : I can see that…, but we’ll help you out. Now… shall we try to something to make you

relaxed? P : Do you think it will work?N : It usually does. Just relax… Take this seat and put your head down here…Dr, Joni is a

real expert here. P : Is she? N : Yes… she knows what to do. You will like her P : I hope so.

1.10 Encouraging/motivating Encouraging is used by nurse to encourage patient to have a positive thinking about her/his disease

For example: 1. I’m sure you will make it.

2. Have faith and everything will work out well 3. Be brave and you’ll be okay 4. You need to see the bright side of it. 5. Just does it, you’ve got nothing to loose.

Practice the dialogue: (1) A patient gets loss of her leg and doubt to go home. P : I don’t know what to do… N : You may not know what to do now, Sir. But once you’re out there…There’s so much to

do. P : I feel so useless N : I understand the feelings. Some people think this is the end of the world. But many

handicapped people do useful things, Things they never thought of before. P : Like what? N : One of our patients last year… You know, he writes now. He says he can’t be happier. P : Really? I should think of hobby now. N : Why not. Everyone has potentials. P : That’s true. Thanks. N: Welcome.

Telling the timeTiming (hours, month, date)

Smallpox Cacar Measles Campak Mumps Gondongan/ gondok Whooping-cough Batuk kodok (kinkhus)34Chicken-pox Cacar air Polio (infantile paralysis) Sakit lumpuh (polio) Diphtheria Dipteral These diseases are all contagious Penyakit-penyakit ini semuanya menularSome of them can be prevented by vaccinationAda diantaranya yang dapat dicegah dengan vaksinasiHave the children been vaccinated yet? Apakah anak-anak sudah dicacar (disuntik)? Yes, they have just had their smallpox vaccination Ya, mereka baru dicacar They have been vaccinated against smallpox (Melawan sakit cacar)Other illness Penyakit-penyakit lain Dysentery Mejan, disentri Tonsillitis Sakit amandel Appendicitis Sakit usus buntu Pneumonia Radang paru-paru Indigestion Pencernaan makanan kurang baik Rheumatism Encok, rematik Heart trouble Sakit jantung High blood pressure Darah tinggi Diabetes Kencing manis, penyakit gula Hepatitis, jaundice Sakit kuning Tuberculosis TBC Malaria Malaria Cancer Kanker35Dengue Demam berdarahc. At the Hospital Di Rumah SakitHe’s in (the) hospital Ia di rumah sakit He has to go to (the) hospital Ia harus pergi ke rumah sakit He was taken to (the) hospital Ia dibawa ke rumah sakit He went by ambulance Ia dibawa ke rumah sakit pakai ambulansPlease phone Emergency and call for an ambulanceToonglah, telpon nomor Darurat, dan minta dikirim ambulansHe has to be operated on He has to have an operationIa harus dioperasiHe has been operated on He has had an operationIa telah dioperasiThe operation was successful Operasinya berhasil Was he under anesthesia Apakah ia dibius? What are the visiting hours? Jam berapa terima tamu (waktu kunjungan)? The visiting hours is from eleven to twelve Waktu kunjungan dari jam 11 sampai 12d. Getting Well Menjadi sembuhHow are you today? Bagaimana keadaan anda hari ini? I’m much better, thank you Baikan, terima kasih Is he well now? Sudah sembuh dia? Yes, he’s well now Ya, sudah sembuh36He has recovered from his illness he’s worse todayHari ini keadaannya kurang baikHe’s had a relapse Penyakitnya kambuh I hope you will get well soon I wish you a speedy recovery Best wishes for a speedy recovery Mudah-mudahan cepat sembuhTo heal – menyembuhkan, menjadi sembuh A healer – penyembuh, juga dukun The cut is healing – luka berangsur sembuh His hand is healing very well – tangannya menjadi sembuhe. Hurt, Pain, Sore Merasa sakitOuch! I cut myself Aduh! Terpotong! Terluka! Does is hurt? Sakitkah Yes, it hurts a lot Ya, sakit sekali No, it doesn’t hurt Tidak, tidak sakit - What’s the matter? Did you hurt yourself? (Mengapa?) Ada apa? Ada sakit? Cedera, luka? - Yes I think I broke my arm atau my arm’s broken Ya, saya kira tangan saya patah Don’t hurt me Jangan menyakiti saya

37You hurt me Anda menyakiti saya. You hurt his feelings Anda menyakiti hatinya He feels hurt Dia merasa sakit hati Does it hurt? = Is it painful? Sakitkah?

Yes, it hurts = Yes, it’s very painful Ya, terasa sakit sekali He is seriously ill, but he doesn’t feel any pain Ia sakit keras, tetapi tidak merasa sakit My arm hurts = I have pain in my arm Lengan saya sakitSore – sakit, terutama kalau dipegang A sore – luka terbauka yang terasa sakit56f. Bagaimana Bahasa Inggrisnya:1. - Sudah dengar khabar tentang John? - Tidak. Ada apa? - Dia dibawa ke rumah sakit semalam - Ada apa dengan dia? - Ia harus dioperasi. Sakit usus buntu - Mudah-mudahan operasinya berhasil - Jam berapa terima tamu? - Dari jam 11 sampai 12

2. - Dokter mengatakan apa? / Apa kata dokter? - Katanya saya harus menambah berat badan dan saya harus beristirahat - Dia memberikan saya suntikan dan memberi resep untuk pil. Te tapi tidak ada yagn berat - Mudah-mudahan cepat sembuh

g. Jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan ini:1. What’s the matter? Did you hurt yourself? 2. How are you today? 3. When you went to the dentist, what did he do? 4. When you went to the doctor, what did he say? 5. What did he do? 6. Is it anything serious? No, it’s only……….. 7. Have you taken the patient’s temperature? Yes, he/ she…………

modul-bahasa-inggris-sma-n-solok.doc

Documents

osition te

anedote te

desrition te

example of anecdote

example of desciption

egend of o

o usiness

analytical exposition